1/* X86-64 specific support for ELF
2   Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3   Contributed by Jan Hubicka <jh@suse.cz>.
4
5   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10   (at your option) any later version.
11
12   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
15   GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
21
22#include "sysdep.h"
23#include "bfd.h"
24#include "bfdlink.h"
25#include "libbfd.h"
26#include "elf-bfd.h"
27#include "elf-nacl.h"
28#include "bfd_stdint.h"
29#include "objalloc.h"
30#include "hashtab.h"
31#include "dwarf2.h"
32#include "libiberty.h"
33
34#include "opcode/i386.h"
35#include "elf/x86-64.h"
36
37#ifdef CORE_HEADER
38#include <stdarg.h>
39#include CORE_HEADER
40#endif
41
42/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value.  */
43#define MINUS_ONE (~ (bfd_vma) 0)
44
45/* Since both 32-bit and 64-bit x86-64 encode relocation type in the
46   identical manner, we use ELF32_R_TYPE instead of ELF64_R_TYPE to get
47   relocation type.  We also use ELF_ST_TYPE instead of ELF64_ST_TYPE
48   since they are the same.  */
49
50#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
51  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
52
53/* The relocation "howto" table.  Order of fields:
54   type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, bitpos, complain_on_overflow,
55   special_function, name, partial_inplace, src_mask, dst_mask, pcrel_offset.  */
56static reloc_howto_type x86_64_elf_howto_table[] =
57{
58  HOWTO(R_X86_64_NONE, 0, 3, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
59	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_NONE",	FALSE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000,
60	FALSE),
61  HOWTO(R_X86_64_64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
62	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE,
63	FALSE),
64  HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
65	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
66	TRUE),
67  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
68	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOT32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
69	FALSE),
70  HOWTO(R_X86_64_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
71	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PLT32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
72	TRUE),
73  HOWTO(R_X86_64_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
74	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_COPY", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
75	FALSE),
76  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
77	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
78	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
79  HOWTO(R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
80	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
81	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
82  HOWTO(R_X86_64_RELATIVE, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
83	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_RELATIVE", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
84	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
85  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPCREL, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
86	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPCREL", FALSE, 0xffffffff,
87	0xffffffff, TRUE),
88  HOWTO(R_X86_64_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned,
89	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
90	FALSE),
91  HOWTO(R_X86_64_32S, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
92	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_32S", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
93	FALSE),
94  HOWTO(R_X86_64_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
95	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_16", FALSE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE),
96  HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC16,0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
97	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC16", FALSE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE),
98  HOWTO(R_X86_64_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
99	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_8", FALSE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE),
100  HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
101	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC8", FALSE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE),
102  HOWTO(R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
103	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_DTPMOD64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
104	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
105  HOWTO(R_X86_64_DTPOFF64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
106	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_DTPOFF64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
107	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
108  HOWTO(R_X86_64_TPOFF64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
109	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_TPOFF64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
110	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
111  HOWTO(R_X86_64_TLSGD, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
112	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_TLSGD", FALSE, 0xffffffff,
113	0xffffffff, TRUE),
114  HOWTO(R_X86_64_TLSLD, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
115	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_TLSLD", FALSE, 0xffffffff,
116	0xffffffff, TRUE),
117  HOWTO(R_X86_64_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
118	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_DTPOFF32", FALSE, 0xffffffff,
119	0xffffffff, FALSE),
120  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
121	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF", FALSE, 0xffffffff,
122	0xffffffff, TRUE),
123  HOWTO(R_X86_64_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
124	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_TPOFF32", FALSE, 0xffffffff,
125	0xffffffff, FALSE),
126  HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC64, 0, 4, 64, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
127	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE,
128	TRUE),
129  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTOFF64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
130	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTOFF64",
131	FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
132  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
133	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPC32",
134	FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
135  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOT64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
136	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOT64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE,
137	FALSE),
138  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64, 0, 4, 64, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
139	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
140	MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
141  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPC64, 0, 4, 64, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
142	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPC64",
143	FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
144  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPLT64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
145	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPLT64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
146	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
147  HOWTO(R_X86_64_PLTOFF64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
148	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PLTOFF64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
149	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
150  HOWTO(R_X86_64_SIZE32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned,
151	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_SIZE32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
152	FALSE),
153  HOWTO(R_X86_64_SIZE64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_unsigned,
154	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_SIZE64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE,
155	FALSE),
156  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0,
157	complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,
158	"R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC",
159	FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
160  HOWTO(R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0,
161	complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,
162	"R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL",
163	FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE),
164  HOWTO(R_X86_64_TLSDESC, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0,
165	complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,
166	"R_X86_64_TLSDESC",
167	FALSE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
168  HOWTO(R_X86_64_IRELATIVE, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
169	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_IRELATIVE", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
170	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
171  HOWTO(R_X86_64_RELATIVE64, 0, 4, 64, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
172	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_RELATIVE64", FALSE, MINUS_ONE,
173	MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
174  HOWTO(R_X86_64_PC32_BND, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
175	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PC32_BND", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
176	TRUE),
177  HOWTO(R_X86_64_PLT32_BND, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
178	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_PLT32_BND", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
179	TRUE),
180  HOWTO(R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
181	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX", FALSE, 0xffffffff,
182	0xffffffff, TRUE),
183  HOWTO(R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
184	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX", FALSE, 0xffffffff,
185	0xffffffff, TRUE),
186
187  /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here.
188     R_X86_64_standard counts the number up to this point, and
189     R_X86_64_vt_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of
190     R_X86_64_GNU_VT* to form an index into this table.  */
191#define R_X86_64_standard (R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX + 1)
192#define R_X86_64_vt_offset (R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_X86_64_standard)
193
194/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
195  HOWTO (R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 4, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
196	 NULL, "R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT", FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE),
197
198/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
199  HOWTO (R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 4, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
200	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, "R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY", FALSE, 0, 0,
201	 FALSE),
202
203/* Use complain_overflow_bitfield on R_X86_64_32 for x32.  */
204  HOWTO(R_X86_64_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
205	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_X86_64_32", FALSE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff,
206	FALSE)
207};
208
209#define IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE(TYPE)	\
210  (   ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC8)		\
211   || ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC16)		\
212   || ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC32)		\
213   || ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC32_BND)	\
214   || ((TYPE) == R_X86_64_PC64))
215
216/* Map BFD relocs to the x86_64 elf relocs.  */
217struct elf_reloc_map
218{
219  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
220  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
221};
222
223static const struct elf_reloc_map x86_64_reloc_map[] =
224{
225  { BFD_RELOC_NONE,		R_X86_64_NONE, },
226  { BFD_RELOC_64,		R_X86_64_64,   },
227  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL,		R_X86_64_PC32, },
228  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOT32,	R_X86_64_GOT32,},
229  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_PLT32,	R_X86_64_PLT32,},
230  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_COPY,	R_X86_64_COPY, },
231  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GLOB_DAT,	R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT, },
232  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT, R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT, },
233  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_RELATIVE,	R_X86_64_RELATIVE, },
234  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPCREL,	R_X86_64_GOTPCREL, },
235  { BFD_RELOC_32,		R_X86_64_32, },
236  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_32S,	R_X86_64_32S, },
237  { BFD_RELOC_16,		R_X86_64_16, },
238  { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL,		R_X86_64_PC16, },
239  { BFD_RELOC_8,		R_X86_64_8, },
240  { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL,		R_X86_64_PC8, },
241  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_DTPMOD64,	R_X86_64_DTPMOD64, },
242  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_DTPOFF64,	R_X86_64_DTPOFF64, },
243  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TPOFF64,	R_X86_64_TPOFF64, },
244  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TLSGD,	R_X86_64_TLSGD, },
245  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TLSLD,	R_X86_64_TLSLD, },
246  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_DTPOFF32,	R_X86_64_DTPOFF32, },
247  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTTPOFF,	R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF, },
248  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TPOFF32,	R_X86_64_TPOFF32, },
249  { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL,		R_X86_64_PC64, },
250  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTOFF64,	R_X86_64_GOTOFF64, },
251  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPC32,	R_X86_64_GOTPC32, },
252  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOT64,	R_X86_64_GOT64, },
253  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPCREL64,R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64, },
254  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPC64,	R_X86_64_GOTPC64, },
255  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPLT64,	R_X86_64_GOTPLT64, },
256  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_PLTOFF64,	R_X86_64_PLTOFF64, },
257  { BFD_RELOC_SIZE32,		R_X86_64_SIZE32, },
258  { BFD_RELOC_SIZE64,		R_X86_64_SIZE64, },
259  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC, R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC, },
260  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL, R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL, },
261  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_TLSDESC,	R_X86_64_TLSDESC, },
262  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_IRELATIVE,	R_X86_64_IRELATIVE, },
263  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_PC32_BND,	R_X86_64_PC32_BND, },
264  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_PLT32_BND,	R_X86_64_PLT32_BND, },
265  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_GOTPCRELX, R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX, },
266  { BFD_RELOC_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX, R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX, },
267  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT,	R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT, },
268  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY,	R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY, },
269};
270
271static reloc_howto_type *
272elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type)
273{
274  unsigned i;
275
276  if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_X86_64_32)
277    {
278      if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
279	i = r_type;
280      else
281	i = ARRAY_SIZE (x86_64_elf_howto_table) - 1;
282    }
283  else if (r_type < (unsigned int) R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT
284	   || r_type >= (unsigned int) R_X86_64_max)
285    {
286      if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_X86_64_standard)
287	{
288	  /* xgettext:c-format */
289	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
290			      abfd, (int) r_type);
291	  r_type = R_X86_64_NONE;
292	}
293      i = r_type;
294    }
295  else
296    i = r_type - (unsigned int) R_X86_64_vt_offset;
297  BFD_ASSERT (x86_64_elf_howto_table[i].type == r_type);
298  return &x86_64_elf_howto_table[i];
299}
300
301/* Given a BFD reloc type, return a HOWTO structure.  */
302static reloc_howto_type *
303elf_x86_64_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd,
304			      bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
305{
306  unsigned int i;
307
308  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (x86_64_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map);
309       i++)
310    {
311      if (x86_64_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
312	return elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (abfd,
313					  x86_64_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val);
314    }
315  return NULL;
316}
317
318static reloc_howto_type *
319elf_x86_64_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd,
320			      const char *r_name)
321{
322  unsigned int i;
323
324  if (!ABI_64_P (abfd) && strcasecmp (r_name, "R_X86_64_32") == 0)
325    {
326      /* Get x32 R_X86_64_32.  */
327      reloc_howto_type *reloc
328	= &x86_64_elf_howto_table[ARRAY_SIZE (x86_64_elf_howto_table) - 1];
329      BFD_ASSERT (reloc->type == (unsigned int) R_X86_64_32);
330      return reloc;
331    }
332
333  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (x86_64_elf_howto_table); i++)
334    if (x86_64_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
335	&& strcasecmp (x86_64_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
336      return &x86_64_elf_howto_table[i];
337
338  return NULL;
339}
340
341/* Given an x86_64 ELF reloc type, fill in an arelent structure.  */
342
343static void
344elf_x86_64_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *cache_ptr,
345			  Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
346{
347  unsigned r_type;
348
349  r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
350  cache_ptr->howto = elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type);
351  BFD_ASSERT (r_type == cache_ptr->howto->type);
352}
353
354/* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
355static bfd_boolean
356elf_x86_64_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
357{
358  int offset;
359  size_t size;
360
361  switch (note->descsz)
362    {
363      default:
364	return FALSE;
365
366      case 296:		/* sizeof(istruct elf_prstatus) on Linux/x32 */
367	/* pr_cursig */
368	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
369
370	/* pr_pid */
371	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
372
373	/* pr_reg */
374	offset = 72;
375	size = 216;
376
377	break;
378
379      case 336:		/* sizeof(istruct elf_prstatus) on Linux/x86_64 */
380	/* pr_cursig */
381	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
382	  = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
383
384	/* pr_pid */
385	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid
386	  = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 32);
387
388	/* pr_reg */
389	offset = 112;
390	size = 216;
391
392	break;
393    }
394
395  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
396  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
397					  size, note->descpos + offset);
398}
399
400static bfd_boolean
401elf_x86_64_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
402{
403  switch (note->descsz)
404    {
405      default:
406	return FALSE;
407
408      case 124:		/* sizeof(struct elf_prpsinfo) on Linux/x32 */
409	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
410	  = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
411	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
412	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
413	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
414	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
415	break;
416
417      case 136:		/* sizeof(struct elf_prpsinfo) on Linux/x86_64 */
418	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
419	  = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
420	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
421	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 40, 16);
422	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
423	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 56, 80);
424    }
425
426  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
427     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
428     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
429
430  {
431    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
432    int n = strlen (command);
433
434    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
435      command[n - 1] = '\0';
436  }
437
438  return TRUE;
439}
440
441#ifdef CORE_HEADER
442static char *
443elf_x86_64_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
444			    int note_type, ...)
445{
446  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
447  va_list ap;
448  const char *fname, *psargs;
449  long pid;
450  int cursig;
451  const void *gregs;
452
453  switch (note_type)
454    {
455    default:
456      return NULL;
457
458    case NT_PRPSINFO:
459      va_start (ap, note_type);
460      fname = va_arg (ap, const char *);
461      psargs = va_arg (ap, const char *);
462      va_end (ap);
463
464      if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
465	{
466	  prpsinfo32_t data;
467	  memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
468	  strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
469	  strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
470	  return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type,
471				     &data, sizeof (data));
472	}
473      else
474	{
475	  prpsinfo64_t data;
476	  memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
477	  strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
478	  strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
479	  return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type,
480				     &data, sizeof (data));
481	}
482      /* NOTREACHED */
483
484    case NT_PRSTATUS:
485      va_start (ap, note_type);
486      pid = va_arg (ap, long);
487      cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
488      gregs = va_arg (ap, const void *);
489      va_end (ap);
490
491      if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
492	{
493	  if (bed->elf_machine_code == EM_X86_64)
494	    {
495	      prstatusx32_t prstat;
496	      memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
497	      prstat.pr_pid = pid;
498	      prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
499	      memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
500	      return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type,
501					 &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
502	    }
503	  else
504	    {
505	      prstatus32_t prstat;
506	      memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
507	      prstat.pr_pid = pid;
508	      prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
509	      memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
510	      return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type,
511					 &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
512	    }
513	}
514      else
515	{
516	  prstatus64_t prstat;
517	  memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
518	  prstat.pr_pid = pid;
519	  prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
520	  memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
521	  return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type,
522				     &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
523	}
524    }
525  /* NOTREACHED */
526}
527#endif
528
529/* Functions for the x86-64 ELF linker.	 */
530
531/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.	 This is put in the .interp
532   section.  */
533
534#define ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld64.so.1"
535#define ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ldx32.so.1"
536
537/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
538   copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
539   section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
540   shared lib.  */
541#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
542
543/* The size in bytes of an entry in the global offset table.  */
544
545#define GOT_ENTRY_SIZE 8
546
547/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
548
549#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
550
551/* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this.  See the
552   SVR4 ABI i386 supplement and the x86-64 ABI to see how this works.  */
553
554static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
555{
556  0xff, 0x35, 8, 0, 0, 0,	/* pushq GOT+8(%rip)  */
557  0xff, 0x25, 16, 0, 0, 0,	/* jmpq *GOT+16(%rip) */
558  0x0f, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00	/* nopl 0(%rax)       */
559};
560
561/* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
562
563static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
564{
565  0xff, 0x25,	/* jmpq *name@GOTPC(%rip) */
566  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with offset to this symbol in .got.	 */
567  0x68,		/* pushq immediate */
568  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* replaced with index into relocation table.  */
569  0xe9,		/* jmp relative */
570  0, 0, 0, 0	/* replaced with offset to start of .plt0.  */
571};
572
573/* The first entry in a procedure linkage table with BND relocations
574   like this.  */
575
576static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_bnd_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
577{
578  0xff, 0x35, 8, 0, 0, 0,         /* pushq GOT+8(%rip)        */
579  0xf2, 0xff, 0x25, 16, 0, 0, 0,  /* bnd jmpq *GOT+16(%rip)   */
580  0x0f, 0x1f, 0                   /* nopl (%rax)              */
581};
582
583/* Subsequent entries for legacy branches in a procedure linkage table
584   with BND relocations look like this.  */
585
586static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_legacy_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
587{
588  0x68, 0, 0, 0, 0,             /* pushq immediate            */
589  0xe9, 0, 0, 0, 0,             /* jmpq relative              */
590  0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0, 0  /* nopw (%rax,%rax,1)         */
591};
592
593/* Subsequent entries for branches with BND prefx in a procedure linkage
594   table with BND relocations look like this.  */
595
596static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
597{
598  0x68, 0, 0, 0, 0,             /* pushq immediate            */
599  0xf2, 0xe9, 0, 0, 0, 0,       /* bnd jmpq relative          */
600  0x0f, 0x1f, 0x44, 0, 0        /* nopl 0(%rax,%rax,1)        */
601};
602
603/* Entries for legacy branches in the second procedure linkage table
604   look like this.  */
605
606static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry[8] =
607{
608  0xff, 0x25,                    /* jmpq *name@GOTPC(%rip)      */
609  0, 0, 0, 0,  /* replaced with offset to this symbol in .got.  */
610  0x66, 0x90                     /* xchg %ax,%ax                */
611};
612
613/* Entries for branches with BND prefix in the second procedure linkage
614   table look like this.  */
615
616static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry[8] =
617{
618  0xf2, 0xff, 0x25,              /* bnd jmpq *name@GOTPC(%rip)  */
619  0, 0, 0, 0,  /* replaced with offset to this symbol in .got.  */
620  0x90                           /* nop                         */
621};
622
623/* .eh_frame covering the .plt section.  */
624
625static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt[] =
626{
627#define PLT_CIE_LENGTH		20
628#define PLT_FDE_LENGTH		36
629#define PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET	4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8
630#define PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET	4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12
631  PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0,	/* CIE length */
632  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* CIE ID */
633  1,				/* CIE version */
634  'z', 'R', 0,			/* Augmentation string */
635  1,				/* Code alignment factor */
636  0x78,				/* Data alignment factor */
637  16,				/* Return address column */
638  1,				/* Augmentation size */
639  DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */
640  DW_CFA_def_cfa, 7, 8,		/* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r7 (rsp) ofs 8 */
641  DW_CFA_offset + 16, 1,	/* DW_CFA_offset: r16 (rip) at cfa-8 */
642  DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
643
644  PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0,	/* FDE length */
645  PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0,	/* CIE pointer */
646  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* R_X86_64_PC32 .plt goes here */
647  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* .plt size goes here */
648  0,				/* Augmentation size */
649  DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16 */
650  DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6,	/* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */
651  DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24 */
652  DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10,	/* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */
653  DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */
654  11,				/* Block length */
655  DW_OP_breg7, 8,		/* DW_OP_breg7 (rsp): 8 */
656  DW_OP_breg16, 0,		/* DW_OP_breg16 (rip): 0 */
657  DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit11, DW_OP_ge,
658  DW_OP_lit3, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus,
659  DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop
660};
661
662/* .eh_frame covering the BND .plt section.  */
663
664static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_eh_frame_bnd_plt[] =
665{
666  PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0,	/* CIE length */
667  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* CIE ID */
668  1,				/* CIE version */
669  'z', 'R', 0,			/* Augmentation string */
670  1,				/* Code alignment factor */
671  0x78,				/* Data alignment factor */
672  16,				/* Return address column */
673  1,				/* Augmentation size */
674  DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */
675  DW_CFA_def_cfa, 7, 8,		/* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r7 (rsp) ofs 8 */
676  DW_CFA_offset + 16, 1,	/* DW_CFA_offset: r16 (rip) at cfa-8 */
677  DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
678
679  PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0,	/* FDE length */
680  PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0,	/* CIE pointer */
681  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* R_X86_64_PC32 .plt goes here */
682  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* .plt size goes here */
683  0,				/* Augmentation size */
684  DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16 */
685  DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6,	/* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */
686  DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24 */
687  DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10,	/* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 10 to __PLT__+16 */
688  DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */
689  11,				/* Block length */
690  DW_OP_breg7, 8,		/* DW_OP_breg7 (rsp): 8 */
691  DW_OP_breg16, 0,		/* DW_OP_breg16 (rip): 0 */
692  DW_OP_lit15, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_lit5, DW_OP_ge,
693  DW_OP_lit3, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus,
694  DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop
695};
696
697/* .eh_frame covering the .plt.got section.  */
698
699static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt_got[] =
700{
701#define PLT_GOT_FDE_LENGTH		20
702  PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0,	/* CIE length */
703  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* CIE ID */
704  1,				/* CIE version */
705  'z', 'R', 0,			/* Augmentation string */
706  1,				/* Code alignment factor */
707  0x78,				/* Data alignment factor */
708  16,				/* Return address column */
709  1,				/* Augmentation size */
710  DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */
711  DW_CFA_def_cfa, 7, 8,		/* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r7 (rsp) ofs 8 */
712  DW_CFA_offset + 16, 1,	/* DW_CFA_offset: r16 (rip) at cfa-8 */
713  DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
714
715  PLT_GOT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0,	/* FDE length */
716  PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0,	/* CIE pointer */
717  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* the start of .plt.got goes here */
718  0, 0, 0, 0,			/* .plt.got size goes here */
719  0,				/* Augmentation size */
720  DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
721  DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop
722};
723
724/* Architecture-specific backend data for x86-64.  */
725
726struct elf_x86_64_backend_data
727{
728  /* Templates for the initial PLT entry and for subsequent entries.  */
729  const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
730  const bfd_byte *plt_entry;
731  unsigned int plt_entry_size;          /* Size of each PLT entry.  */
732
733  /* Offsets into plt0_entry that are to be replaced with GOT[1] and GOT[2].  */
734  unsigned int plt0_got1_offset;
735  unsigned int plt0_got2_offset;
736
737  /* Offset of the end of the PC-relative instruction containing
738     plt0_got2_offset.  */
739  unsigned int plt0_got2_insn_end;
740
741  /* Offsets into plt_entry that are to be replaced with...  */
742  unsigned int plt_got_offset;    /* ... address of this symbol in .got. */
743  unsigned int plt_reloc_offset;  /* ... offset into relocation table. */
744  unsigned int plt_plt_offset;    /* ... offset to start of .plt. */
745
746  /* Length of the PC-relative instruction containing plt_got_offset.  */
747  unsigned int plt_got_insn_size;
748
749  /* Offset of the end of the PC-relative jump to plt0_entry.  */
750  unsigned int plt_plt_insn_end;
751
752  /* Offset into plt_entry where the initial value of the GOT entry points.  */
753  unsigned int plt_lazy_offset;
754
755  /* .eh_frame covering the .plt section.  */
756  const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt;
757  unsigned int eh_frame_plt_size;
758
759  /* .eh_frame covering the .plt.got section.  */
760  const bfd_byte *eh_frame_plt_got;
761  unsigned int eh_frame_plt_got_size;
762};
763
764#define get_elf_x86_64_arch_data(bed) \
765  ((const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *) (bed)->arch_data)
766
767#define get_elf_x86_64_backend_data(abfd) \
768  get_elf_x86_64_arch_data (get_elf_backend_data (abfd))
769
770#define GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(abfd) \
771  get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd)->plt_entry_size
772
773/* These are the standard parameters.  */
774static const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data elf_x86_64_arch_bed =
775  {
776    elf_x86_64_plt0_entry,              /* plt0_entry */
777    elf_x86_64_plt_entry,               /* plt_entry */
778    sizeof (elf_x86_64_plt_entry),      /* plt_entry_size */
779    2,                                  /* plt0_got1_offset */
780    8,                                  /* plt0_got2_offset */
781    12,                                 /* plt0_got2_insn_end */
782    2,                                  /* plt_got_offset */
783    7,                                  /* plt_reloc_offset */
784    12,                                 /* plt_plt_offset */
785    6,                                  /* plt_got_insn_size */
786    PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,                     /* plt_plt_insn_end */
787    6,                                  /* plt_lazy_offset */
788    elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt,            /* eh_frame_plt */
789    sizeof (elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt),   /* eh_frame_plt_size */
790    elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt_got,        /* eh_frame_plt_got */
791    sizeof (elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt_got), /* eh_frame_plt_got_size */
792  };
793
794static const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed =
795  {
796    elf_x86_64_bnd_plt0_entry,          /* plt0_entry */
797    elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry,           /* plt_entry */
798    sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry),  /* plt_entry_size */
799    2,                                  /* plt0_got1_offset */
800    1+8,                                /* plt0_got2_offset */
801    1+12,                               /* plt0_got2_insn_end */
802    1+2,                                /* plt_got_offset */
803    1,                                  /* plt_reloc_offset */
804    7,                                  /* plt_plt_offset */
805    1+6,                                /* plt_got_insn_size */
806    11,                                 /* plt_plt_insn_end */
807    0,                                  /* plt_lazy_offset */
808    elf_x86_64_eh_frame_bnd_plt,        /* eh_frame_plt */
809    sizeof (elf_x86_64_eh_frame_bnd_plt), /* eh_frame_plt_size */
810    elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt_got,        /* eh_frame_plt_got */
811    sizeof (elf_x86_64_eh_frame_plt_got), /* eh_frame_plt_got_size */
812  };
813
814#define	elf_backend_arch_data	&elf_x86_64_arch_bed
815
816/* Is a undefined weak symbol which is resolved to 0.  Reference to an
817   undefined weak symbol is resolved to 0 when building executable if
818   it isn't dynamic and
819   1. Has non-GOT/non-PLT relocations in text section.  Or
820   2. Has no GOT/PLT relocation.
821 */
822#define UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO(INFO, GOT_RELOC, EH)	\
823  ((EH)->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak		\
824   && bfd_link_executable (INFO)				\
825   && (elf_x86_64_hash_table (INFO)->interp == NULL	 	\
826       || !(GOT_RELOC)						\
827       || (EH)->has_non_got_reloc				\
828       || !(INFO)->dynamic_undefined_weak))
829
830/* x86-64 ELF linker hash entry.  */
831
832struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry
833{
834  struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
835
836  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
837  struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
838
839#define GOT_UNKNOWN	0
840#define GOT_NORMAL	1
841#define GOT_TLS_GD	2
842#define GOT_TLS_IE	3
843#define GOT_TLS_GDESC	4
844#define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type) \
845  ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
846#define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type) \
847  ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
848#define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type) \
849  ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
850#define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) \
851  (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type))
852  unsigned char tls_type;
853
854  /* TRUE if a weak symbol with a real definition needs a copy reloc.
855     When there is a weak symbol with a real definition, the processor
856     independent code will have arranged for us to see the real
857     definition first.  We need to copy the needs_copy bit from the
858     real definition and check it when allowing copy reloc in PIE.  */
859  unsigned int needs_copy : 1;
860
861  /* TRUE if symbol has at least one BND relocation.  */
862  unsigned int has_bnd_reloc : 1;
863
864  /* TRUE if symbol has GOT or PLT relocations.  */
865  unsigned int has_got_reloc : 1;
866
867  /* TRUE if symbol has non-GOT/non-PLT relocations in text sections.  */
868  unsigned int has_non_got_reloc : 1;
869
870  /* 0: symbol isn't __tls_get_addr.
871     1: symbol is __tls_get_addr.
872     2: symbol is unknown.  */
873  unsigned int tls_get_addr : 2;
874
875  /* Reference count of C/C++ function pointer relocations in read-write
876     section which can be resolved at run-time.  */
877  bfd_signed_vma func_pointer_refcount;
878
879  /* Information about the GOT PLT entry. Filled when there are both
880     GOT and PLT relocations against the same function.  */
881  union gotplt_union plt_got;
882
883  /* Information about the second PLT entry. Filled when has_bnd_reloc is
884     set.  */
885  union gotplt_union plt_bnd;
886
887  /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor,
888     starting at the end of the jump table.  */
889  bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
890};
891
892#define elf_x86_64_hash_entry(ent) \
893  ((struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
894
895struct elf_x86_64_obj_tdata
896{
897  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
898
899  /* tls_type for each local got entry.  */
900  char *local_got_tls_type;
901
902  /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors.  */
903  bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
904};
905
906#define elf_x86_64_tdata(abfd) \
907  ((struct elf_x86_64_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
908
909#define elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
910  (elf_x86_64_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
911
912#define elf_x86_64_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \
913  (elf_x86_64_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent)
914
915#define is_x86_64_elf(bfd)				\
916  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour	\
917   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL				\
918   && elf_object_id (bfd) == X86_64_ELF_DATA)
919
920static bfd_boolean
921elf_x86_64_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
922{
923  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_obj_tdata),
924				  X86_64_ELF_DATA);
925}
926
927/* x86-64 ELF linker hash table.  */
928
929struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table
930{
931  struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
932
933  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
934  asection *interp;
935  asection *plt_eh_frame;
936  asection *plt_bnd;
937  asection *plt_bnd_eh_frame;
938  asection *plt_got;
939  asection *plt_got_eh_frame;
940
941  union
942  {
943    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
944    bfd_vma offset;
945  } tls_ld_got;
946
947  /* The amount of space used by the jump slots in the GOT.  */
948  bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size;
949
950  /* Small local sym cache.  */
951  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
952
953  bfd_vma (*r_info) (bfd_vma, bfd_vma);
954  bfd_vma (*r_sym) (bfd_vma);
955  unsigned int pointer_r_type;
956  const char *dynamic_interpreter;
957  int dynamic_interpreter_size;
958
959  /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol.  */
960  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base;
961
962  /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
963  htab_t loc_hash_table;
964  void * loc_hash_memory;
965
966  /* The offset into splt of the PLT entry for the TLS descriptor
967     resolver.  Special values are 0, if not necessary (or not found
968     to be necessary yet), and -1 if needed but not determined
969     yet.  */
970  bfd_vma tlsdesc_plt;
971  /* The offset into sgot of the GOT entry used by the PLT entry
972     above.  */
973  bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
974
975  /* The index of the next R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT entry in .rela.plt.  */
976  bfd_vma next_jump_slot_index;
977  /* The index of the next R_X86_64_IRELATIVE entry in .rela.plt.  */
978  bfd_vma next_irelative_index;
979
980  /* TRUE if there are dynamic relocs against IFUNC symbols that apply
981     to read-only sections.  */
982  bfd_boolean readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc;
983};
984
985/* Get the x86-64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
986
987#define elf_x86_64_hash_table(p) \
988  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
989  == X86_64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
990
991#define elf_x86_64_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \
992  ((htab)->elf.srelplt->reloc_count * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE)
993
994/* Create an entry in an x86-64 ELF linker hash table.	*/
995
996static struct bfd_hash_entry *
997elf_x86_64_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
998			      struct bfd_hash_table *table,
999			      const char *string)
1000{
1001  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1002     subclass.  */
1003  if (entry == NULL)
1004    {
1005      entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *)
1006	  bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1007			     sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry));
1008      if (entry == NULL)
1009	return entry;
1010    }
1011
1012  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
1013  entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1014  if (entry != NULL)
1015    {
1016      struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh;
1017
1018      eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1019      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
1020      eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
1021      eh->needs_copy = 0;
1022      eh->has_bnd_reloc = 0;
1023      eh->has_got_reloc = 0;
1024      eh->has_non_got_reloc = 0;
1025      eh->tls_get_addr = 2;
1026      eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
1027      eh->plt_bnd.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1028      eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1029      eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
1030    }
1031
1032  return entry;
1033}
1034
1035/* Compute a hash of a local hash entry.  We use elf_link_hash_entry
1036  for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
1037  as global symbol.  We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
1038  hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend.  */
1039
1040static hashval_t
1041elf_x86_64_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
1042{
1043  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
1044    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
1045  return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
1046}
1047
1048/* Compare local hash entries.  */
1049
1050static int
1051elf_x86_64_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
1052{
1053  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1
1054     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
1055  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2
1056    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
1057
1058  return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
1059}
1060
1061/* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol.  */
1062
1063static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
1064elf_x86_64_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab,
1065			       bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
1066			       bfd_boolean create)
1067{
1068  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
1069  asection *sec = abfd->sections;
1070  hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id,
1071				       htab->r_sym (rel->r_info));
1072  void **slot;
1073
1074  e.elf.indx = sec->id;
1075  e.elf.dynstr_index = htab->r_sym (rel->r_info);
1076  slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
1077				   create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
1078
1079  if (!slot)
1080    return NULL;
1081
1082  if (*slot)
1083    {
1084      ret = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
1085      return &ret->elf;
1086    }
1087
1088  ret = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *)
1089	objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
1090			sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry));
1091  if (ret)
1092    {
1093      memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
1094      ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
1095      ret->elf.dynstr_index = htab->r_sym (rel->r_info);
1096      ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
1097      ret->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
1098      ret->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1099      *slot = ret;
1100    }
1101  return &ret->elf;
1102}
1103
1104/* Destroy an X86-64 ELF linker hash table.  */
1105
1106static void
1107elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
1108{
1109  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab
1110    = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
1111
1112  if (htab->loc_hash_table)
1113    htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table);
1114  if (htab->loc_hash_memory)
1115    objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory);
1116  _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
1117}
1118
1119/* Create an X86-64 ELF linker hash table.  */
1120
1121static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1122elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1123{
1124  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *ret;
1125  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table);
1126
1127  ret = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
1128  if (ret == NULL)
1129    return NULL;
1130
1131  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
1132				      elf_x86_64_link_hash_newfunc,
1133				      sizeof (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry),
1134				      X86_64_ELF_DATA))
1135    {
1136      free (ret);
1137      return NULL;
1138    }
1139
1140  if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
1141    {
1142      ret->r_info = elf64_r_info;
1143      ret->r_sym = elf64_r_sym;
1144      ret->pointer_r_type = R_X86_64_64;
1145      ret->dynamic_interpreter = ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
1146      ret->dynamic_interpreter_size = sizeof ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
1147    }
1148  else
1149    {
1150      ret->r_info = elf32_r_info;
1151      ret->r_sym = elf32_r_sym;
1152      ret->pointer_r_type = R_X86_64_32;
1153      ret->dynamic_interpreter = ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
1154      ret->dynamic_interpreter_size = sizeof ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
1155    }
1156
1157  ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024,
1158					 elf_x86_64_local_htab_hash,
1159					 elf_x86_64_local_htab_eq,
1160					 NULL);
1161  ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
1162  if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
1163    {
1164      elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
1165      return NULL;
1166    }
1167  ret->elf.root.hash_table_free = elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_free;
1168
1169  return &ret->elf.root;
1170}
1171
1172/* Create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rela.got, .dynbss, and
1173   .rela.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
1174   hash table.  */
1175
1176static bfd_boolean
1177elf_x86_64_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj,
1178				    struct bfd_link_info *info)
1179{
1180  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
1181
1182  if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
1183    return FALSE;
1184
1185  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
1186  if (htab == NULL)
1187    return FALSE;
1188
1189  /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
1190  if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
1191    {
1192      asection *s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
1193      if (s == NULL)
1194	abort ();
1195      s->size = htab->dynamic_interpreter_size;
1196      s->contents = (unsigned char *) htab->dynamic_interpreter;
1197      htab->interp = s;
1198    }
1199
1200  if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
1201      && htab->plt_eh_frame == NULL
1202      && htab->elf.splt != NULL)
1203    {
1204      flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1205			| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
1206			| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
1207      htab->plt_eh_frame
1208	= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".eh_frame", flags);
1209      if (htab->plt_eh_frame == NULL
1210	  || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->plt_eh_frame,
1211					 ABI_64_P (dynobj) ? 3 : 2))
1212	return FALSE;
1213    }
1214
1215  /* Align .got section to its entry size.  */
1216  if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
1217      && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->elf.sgot, 3))
1218    return FALSE;
1219
1220  /* Align .got.plt section to its entry size.  */
1221  if (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
1222      && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->elf.sgotplt, 3))
1223    return FALSE;
1224
1225  return TRUE;
1226}
1227
1228/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
1229
1230static void
1231elf_x86_64_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1232				 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1233				 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1234{
1235  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
1236
1237  edir = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) dir;
1238  eind = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) ind;
1239
1240  edir->has_bnd_reloc |= eind->has_bnd_reloc;
1241  edir->has_got_reloc |= eind->has_got_reloc;
1242  edir->has_non_got_reloc |= eind->has_non_got_reloc;
1243
1244  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
1245    {
1246      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
1247	{
1248	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
1249	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
1250
1251	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
1252	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
1253	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
1254	    {
1255	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
1256
1257	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1258		if (q->sec == p->sec)
1259		  {
1260		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
1261		    q->count += p->count;
1262		    *pp = p->next;
1263		    break;
1264		  }
1265	      if (q == NULL)
1266		pp = &p->next;
1267	    }
1268	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
1269	}
1270
1271      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
1272      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
1273    }
1274
1275  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
1276      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
1277    {
1278      edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
1279      eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
1280    }
1281
1282  if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
1283      && ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
1284      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
1285    {
1286      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
1287	 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
1288	 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
1289      if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
1290	dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1291      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1292      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1293      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1294      dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1295    }
1296  else
1297    {
1298      if (eind->func_pointer_refcount > 0)
1299	{
1300	  edir->func_pointer_refcount += eind->func_pointer_refcount;
1301	  eind->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
1302	}
1303
1304      _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
1305    }
1306}
1307
1308static bfd_boolean
1309elf64_x86_64_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1310{
1311  /* Set the right machine number for an x86-64 elf64 file.  */
1312  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_x86_64);
1313  return TRUE;
1314}
1315
1316static bfd_boolean
1317elf32_x86_64_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1318{
1319  /* Set the right machine number for an x86-64 elf32 file.  */
1320  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_x64_32);
1321  return TRUE;
1322}
1323
1324/* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition
1325   from R_TYPE.  */
1326
1327static bfd_boolean
1328elf_x86_64_check_tls_transition (bfd *abfd,
1329				 struct bfd_link_info *info,
1330				 asection *sec,
1331				 bfd_byte *contents,
1332				 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
1333				 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
1334				 unsigned int r_type,
1335				 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
1336				 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1337{
1338  unsigned int val;
1339  unsigned long r_symndx;
1340  bfd_boolean largepic = FALSE;
1341  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1342  bfd_vma offset;
1343  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
1344  bfd_byte *call;
1345  bfd_boolean indirect_call, tls_get_addr;
1346
1347  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
1348  offset = rel->r_offset;
1349  switch (r_type)
1350    {
1351    case R_X86_64_TLSGD:
1352    case R_X86_64_TLSLD:
1353      if ((rel + 1) >= relend)
1354	return FALSE;
1355
1356      if (r_type == R_X86_64_TLSGD)
1357	{
1358	  /* Check transition from GD access model.  For 64bit, only
1359		.byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
1360		.word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
1361	     or
1362		.byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
1363		.byte 0x66; rex64
1364		call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
1365		which may be converted to
1366		addr32 call __tls_get_addr
1367	     can transit to different access model.  For 32bit, only
1368		leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
1369		.word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
1370	     or
1371		leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
1372		.byte 0x66; rex64
1373		call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
1374		which may be converted to
1375		addr32 call __tls_get_addr
1376	     can transit to different access model.  For largepic,
1377	     we also support:
1378	        leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
1379	        movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax
1380	        addq $r15, %rax
1381	        call *%rax
1382	     or
1383	        leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
1384	        movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax
1385	        addq $rbx, %rax
1386	        call *%rax  */
1387
1388	  static const unsigned char leaq[] = { 0x66, 0x48, 0x8d, 0x3d };
1389
1390	  if ((offset + 12) > sec->size)
1391	    return FALSE;
1392
1393	  call = contents + offset + 4;
1394	  if (call[0] != 0x66
1395	      || !((call[1] == 0x48
1396		    && call[2] == 0xff
1397		    && call[3] == 0x15)
1398		   || (call[1] == 0x48
1399		       && call[2] == 0x67
1400		       && call[3] == 0xe8)
1401		   || (call[1] == 0x66
1402		       && call[2] == 0x48
1403		       && call[3] == 0xe8)))
1404	    {
1405	      if (!ABI_64_P (abfd)
1406		  || (offset + 19) > sec->size
1407		  || offset < 3
1408		  || memcmp (call - 7, leaq + 1, 3) != 0
1409		  || memcmp (call, "\x48\xb8", 2) != 0
1410		  || call[11] != 0x01
1411		  || call[13] != 0xff
1412		  || call[14] != 0xd0
1413		  || !((call[10] == 0x48 && call[12] == 0xd8)
1414		       || (call[10] == 0x4c && call[12] == 0xf8)))
1415		return FALSE;
1416	      largepic = TRUE;
1417	    }
1418	  else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
1419	    {
1420	      if (offset < 4
1421		  || memcmp (contents + offset - 4, leaq, 4) != 0)
1422		return FALSE;
1423	    }
1424	  else
1425	    {
1426	      if (offset < 3
1427		  || memcmp (contents + offset - 3, leaq + 1, 3) != 0)
1428		return FALSE;
1429	    }
1430	  indirect_call = call[2] == 0xff;
1431	}
1432      else
1433	{
1434	  /* Check transition from LD access model.  Only
1435		leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi;
1436		call __tls_get_addr@PLT
1437             or
1438		leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi;
1439		call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
1440		which may be converted to
1441		addr32 call __tls_get_addr
1442	     can transit to different access model.  For largepic
1443	     we also support:
1444	        leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi
1445	        movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax
1446	        addq $r15, %rax
1447	        call *%rax
1448	     or
1449	        leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi
1450	        movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax
1451	        addq $rbx, %rax
1452	        call *%rax  */
1453
1454	  static const unsigned char lea[] = { 0x48, 0x8d, 0x3d };
1455
1456	  if (offset < 3 || (offset + 9) > sec->size)
1457	    return FALSE;
1458
1459	  if (memcmp (contents + offset - 3, lea, 3) != 0)
1460	    return FALSE;
1461
1462	  call = contents + offset + 4;
1463	  if (!(call[0] == 0xe8
1464		|| (call[0] == 0xff && call[1] == 0x15)
1465		|| (call[0] == 0x67 && call[1] == 0xe8)))
1466	    {
1467	      if (!ABI_64_P (abfd)
1468		  || (offset + 19) > sec->size
1469		  || memcmp (call, "\x48\xb8", 2) != 0
1470		  || call[11] != 0x01
1471		  || call[13] != 0xff
1472		  || call[14] != 0xd0
1473		  || !((call[10] == 0x48 && call[12] == 0xd8)
1474		       || (call[10] == 0x4c && call[12] == 0xf8)))
1475		return FALSE;
1476	      largepic = TRUE;
1477	    }
1478	  indirect_call = call[0] == 0xff;
1479	}
1480
1481      r_symndx = htab->r_sym (rel[1].r_info);
1482      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1483	return FALSE;
1484
1485      tls_get_addr = FALSE;
1486      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
1487      if (h != NULL && h->root.root.string != NULL)
1488	{
1489	  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh
1490	    = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
1491	  tls_get_addr = eh->tls_get_addr == 1;
1492	  if (eh->tls_get_addr > 1)
1493	    {
1494	      /* Use strncmp to check __tls_get_addr since
1495		 __tls_get_addr may be versioned.  */
1496	      if (strncmp (h->root.root.string, "__tls_get_addr", 14)
1497		  == 0)
1498		{
1499		  eh->tls_get_addr = 1;
1500		  tls_get_addr = TRUE;
1501		}
1502	      else
1503		eh->tls_get_addr = 0;
1504	    }
1505	}
1506
1507      if (!tls_get_addr)
1508	return FALSE;
1509      else if (largepic)
1510	return ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_X86_64_PLTOFF64;
1511      else if (indirect_call)
1512	return ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX;
1513      else
1514	return (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_X86_64_PC32
1515		|| ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_X86_64_PLT32);
1516
1517    case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF:
1518      /* Check transition from IE access model:
1519		mov foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg
1520		add foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg
1521       */
1522
1523      /* Check REX prefix first.  */
1524      if (offset >= 3 && (offset + 4) <= sec->size)
1525	{
1526	  val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3);
1527	  if (val != 0x48 && val != 0x4c)
1528	    {
1529	      /* X32 may have 0x44 REX prefix or no REX prefix.  */
1530	      if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
1531		return FALSE;
1532	    }
1533	}
1534      else
1535	{
1536	  /* X32 may not have any REX prefix.  */
1537	  if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
1538	    return FALSE;
1539	  if (offset < 2 || (offset + 3) > sec->size)
1540	    return FALSE;
1541	}
1542
1543      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
1544      if (val != 0x8b && val != 0x03)
1545	return FALSE;
1546
1547      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
1548      return (val & 0xc7) == 5;
1549
1550    case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC:
1551      /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
1552		leaq x@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax
1553
1554	 Make sure it's a leaq adding rip to a 32-bit offset
1555	 into any register, although it's probably almost always
1556	 going to be rax.  */
1557
1558      if (offset < 3 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
1559	return FALSE;
1560
1561      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3);
1562      if ((val & 0xfb) != 0x48)
1563	return FALSE;
1564
1565      if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d)
1566	return FALSE;
1567
1568      val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
1569      return (val & 0xc7) == 0x05;
1570
1571    case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
1572      /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
1573		call *x@tlsdesc(%rax)
1574       */
1575      if (offset + 2 <= sec->size)
1576	{
1577	  /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%rax).  */
1578	  call = contents + offset;
1579	  return call[0] == 0xff && call[1] == 0x10;
1580	}
1581
1582      return FALSE;
1583
1584    default:
1585      abort ();
1586    }
1587}
1588
1589/* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition
1590   will be performed.  Update R_TYPE if there is a transition.  */
1591
1592static bfd_boolean
1593elf_x86_64_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
1594			   asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents,
1595			   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
1596			   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
1597			   unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type,
1598			   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
1599			   const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
1600			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1601			   unsigned long r_symndx,
1602			   bfd_boolean from_relocate_section)
1603{
1604  unsigned int from_type = *r_type;
1605  unsigned int to_type = from_type;
1606  bfd_boolean check = TRUE;
1607
1608  /* Skip TLS transition for functions.  */
1609  if (h != NULL
1610      && (h->type == STT_FUNC
1611	  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
1612    return TRUE;
1613
1614  switch (from_type)
1615    {
1616    case R_X86_64_TLSGD:
1617    case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC:
1618    case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
1619    case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF:
1620      if (bfd_link_executable (info))
1621	{
1622	  if (h == NULL)
1623	    to_type = R_X86_64_TPOFF32;
1624	  else
1625	    to_type = R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF;
1626	}
1627
1628      /* When we are called from elf_x86_64_relocate_section, there may
1629	 be additional transitions based on TLS_TYPE.  */
1630      if (from_relocate_section)
1631	{
1632	  unsigned int new_to_type = to_type;
1633
1634	  if (bfd_link_executable (info)
1635	      && h != NULL
1636	      && h->dynindx == -1
1637	      && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
1638	    new_to_type = R_X86_64_TPOFF32;
1639
1640	  if (to_type == R_X86_64_TLSGD
1641	      || to_type == R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC
1642	      || to_type == R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL)
1643	    {
1644	      if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
1645		new_to_type = R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF;
1646	    }
1647
1648	  /* We checked the transition before when we were called from
1649	     elf_x86_64_check_relocs.  We only want to check the new
1650	     transition which hasn't been checked before.  */
1651	  check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type;
1652	  to_type = new_to_type;
1653	}
1654
1655      break;
1656
1657    case R_X86_64_TLSLD:
1658      if (bfd_link_executable (info))
1659	to_type = R_X86_64_TPOFF32;
1660      break;
1661
1662    default:
1663      return TRUE;
1664    }
1665
1666  /* Return TRUE if there is no transition.  */
1667  if (from_type == to_type)
1668    return TRUE;
1669
1670  /* Check if the transition can be performed.  */
1671  if (check
1672      && ! elf_x86_64_check_tls_transition (abfd, info, sec, contents,
1673					    symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
1674					    from_type, rel, relend))
1675    {
1676      reloc_howto_type *from, *to;
1677      const char *name;
1678
1679      from = elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type);
1680      to = elf_x86_64_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type);
1681
1682      if (h)
1683	name = h->root.root.string;
1684      else
1685	{
1686	  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
1687
1688	  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
1689	  if (htab == NULL)
1690	    name = "*unknown*";
1691	  else
1692	    {
1693	      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
1694
1695	      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
1696					    abfd, r_symndx);
1697	      name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL);
1698	    }
1699	}
1700
1701      _bfd_error_handler
1702	/* xgettext:c-format */
1703	(_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at 0x%lx "
1704	   "in section `%A' failed"),
1705	 abfd, sec, from->name, to->name, name,
1706	 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
1707      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1708      return FALSE;
1709    }
1710
1711  *r_type = to_type;
1712  return TRUE;
1713}
1714
1715/* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
1716   are used here.  */
1717#define need_convert_load	sec_flg0
1718#define check_relocs_failed	sec_flg1
1719
1720static bfd_boolean
1721elf_x86_64_need_pic (bfd *input_bfd, asection *sec,
1722		     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1723		     Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
1724		     Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
1725		     reloc_howto_type *howto)
1726{
1727  const char *v = "";
1728  const char *und = "";
1729  const char *pic = "";
1730
1731  const char *name;
1732  if (h)
1733    {
1734      name = h->root.root.string;
1735      switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
1736	{
1737	case STV_HIDDEN:
1738	  v = _("hidden symbol ");
1739	  break;
1740	case STV_INTERNAL:
1741	  v = _("internal symbol ");
1742	  break;
1743	case STV_PROTECTED:
1744	  v = _("protected symbol ");
1745	  break;
1746	default:
1747	  v = _("symbol ");
1748	  pic = _("; recompile with -fPIC");
1749	  break;
1750	}
1751
1752      if (!h->def_regular && !h->def_dynamic)
1753	und = _("undefined ");
1754    }
1755  else
1756    {
1757      name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL);
1758      pic = _("; recompile with -fPIC");
1759    }
1760
1761  /* xgettext:c-format */
1762  _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: relocation %s against %s%s`%s' can "
1763			"not be used when making a shared object%s"),
1764		      input_bfd, howto->name, und, v, name, pic);
1765  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1766  sec->check_relocs_failed = 1;
1767  return FALSE;
1768}
1769
1770/* With the local symbol, foo, we convert
1771   mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg
1772   to
1773   lea foo(%rip), %reg
1774   and convert
1775   call/jmp *foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)
1776   to
1777   nop call foo/jmp foo nop
1778   When PIC is false, convert
1779   test %reg, foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)
1780   to
1781   test $foo, %reg
1782   and convert
1783   binop foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg
1784   to
1785   binop $foo, %reg
1786   where binop is one of adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, xor
1787   instructions.  */
1788
1789static bfd_boolean
1790elf_x86_64_convert_load_reloc (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
1791			       bfd_byte *contents,
1792			       Elf_Internal_Rela *irel,
1793			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1794			       bfd_boolean *converted,
1795			       struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1796{
1797  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
1798  bfd_boolean is_pic;
1799  bfd_boolean require_reloc_pc32;
1800  bfd_boolean relocx;
1801  bfd_boolean to_reloc_pc32;
1802  asection *tsec;
1803  char symtype;
1804  bfd_signed_vma raddend;
1805  unsigned int opcode;
1806  unsigned int modrm;
1807  unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1808  unsigned int r_symndx;
1809  bfd_vma toff;
1810  bfd_vma roff = irel->r_offset;
1811
1812  if (roff < (r_type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX ? 3 : 2))
1813    return TRUE;
1814
1815  raddend = irel->r_addend;
1816  /* Addend for 32-bit PC-relative relocation must be -4.  */
1817  if (raddend != -4)
1818    return TRUE;
1819
1820  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (link_info);
1821  is_pic = bfd_link_pic (link_info);
1822
1823  relocx = (r_type == R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX
1824	    || r_type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX);
1825
1826  /* TRUE if we can convert only to R_X86_64_PC32.  Enable it for
1827     --no-relax.  */
1828  require_reloc_pc32
1829    = link_info->disable_target_specific_optimizations > 1;
1830
1831  r_symndx = htab->r_sym (irel->r_info);
1832
1833  opcode = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 2);
1834
1835  /* Convert mov to lea since it has been done for a while.  */
1836  if (opcode != 0x8b)
1837    {
1838      /* Only convert R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX and R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX
1839	 for call, jmp or one of adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub,
1840	 test, xor instructions.  */
1841      if (!relocx)
1842	return TRUE;
1843    }
1844
1845  /* We convert only to R_X86_64_PC32:
1846     1. Branch.
1847     2. R_X86_64_GOTPCREL since we can't modify REX byte.
1848     3. require_reloc_pc32 is true.
1849     4. PIC.
1850     */
1851  to_reloc_pc32 = (opcode == 0xff
1852		   || !relocx
1853		   || require_reloc_pc32
1854		   || is_pic);
1855
1856  /* Get the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
1857  if (h == NULL)
1858    {
1859      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym
1860	= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx);
1861
1862      /* Skip relocation against undefined symbols.  */
1863      if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
1864	return TRUE;
1865
1866      symtype = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
1867
1868      if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
1869	tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1870      else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
1871	tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
1872      else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON)
1873	tsec = &_bfd_elf_large_com_section;
1874      else
1875	tsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
1876
1877      toff = isym->st_value;
1878    }
1879  else
1880    {
1881      /* Undefined weak symbol is only bound locally in executable
1882	 and its reference is resolved as 0 without relocation
1883	 overflow.  We can only perform this optimization for
1884	 GOTPCRELX relocations since we need to modify REX byte.
1885	 It is OK convert mov with R_X86_64_GOTPCREL to
1886	 R_X86_64_PC32.  */
1887      if ((relocx || opcode == 0x8b)
1888	  && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (link_info,
1889					      TRUE,
1890					      elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)))
1891	{
1892	  if (opcode == 0xff)
1893	    {
1894	      /* Skip for branch instructions since R_X86_64_PC32
1895		 may overflow.  */
1896	      if (require_reloc_pc32)
1897		return TRUE;
1898	    }
1899	  else if (relocx)
1900	    {
1901	      /* For non-branch instructions, we can convert to
1902		 R_X86_64_32/R_X86_64_32S since we know if there
1903		 is a REX byte.  */
1904	      to_reloc_pc32 = FALSE;
1905	    }
1906
1907	  /* Since we don't know the current PC when PIC is true,
1908	     we can't convert to R_X86_64_PC32.  */
1909	  if (to_reloc_pc32 && is_pic)
1910	    return TRUE;
1911
1912	  goto convert;
1913	}
1914      /* Avoid optimizing GOTPCREL relocations againt _DYNAMIC since
1915	 ld.so may use its link-time address.  */
1916      else if ((h->def_regular
1917		|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1918		|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1919	       && h != htab->elf.hdynamic
1920	       && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (link_info, h))
1921	{
1922	  /* bfd_link_hash_new or bfd_link_hash_undefined is
1923	     set by an assignment in a linker script in
1924	     bfd_elf_record_link_assignment.   */
1925	  if (h->def_regular
1926	      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
1927		  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1928		  || ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1929		       || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1930		      && h->root.u.def.section == bfd_und_section_ptr)))
1931	    {
1932	      /* Skip since R_X86_64_32/R_X86_64_32S may overflow.  */
1933	      if (require_reloc_pc32)
1934		return TRUE;
1935	      goto convert;
1936	    }
1937	  tsec = h->root.u.def.section;
1938	  toff = h->root.u.def.value;
1939	  symtype = h->type;
1940	}
1941      else
1942	return TRUE;
1943    }
1944
1945  /* Don't convert GOTPCREL relocation against large section.  */
1946  if (elf_section_data (tsec) !=  NULL
1947      && (elf_section_flags (tsec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) != 0)
1948    return TRUE;
1949
1950  /* We can only estimate relocation overflow for R_X86_64_PC32.  */
1951  if (!to_reloc_pc32)
1952    goto convert;
1953
1954  if (tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
1955    {
1956      /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
1957	 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
1958	 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset.  (Later, in
1959	 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
1960	 section symbols have been adjusted.)
1961
1962	 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
1963	 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
1964	 the original addend was zero.  When the reloc is against
1965	 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
1966	 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
1967	 location of interest is the original symbol.  On the
1968	 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
1969	 a section symbol should not include the addend;  Such an
1970	 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym";  The
1971	 location of interest is just "sym".  */
1972      if (symtype == STT_SECTION)
1973	toff += raddend;
1974
1975      toff = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
1976					 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
1977					 toff);
1978
1979      if (symtype != STT_SECTION)
1980	toff += raddend;
1981    }
1982  else
1983    toff += raddend;
1984
1985  /* Don't convert if R_X86_64_PC32 relocation overflows.  */
1986  if (tsec->output_section == sec->output_section)
1987    {
1988      if ((toff - roff + 0x80000000) > 0xffffffff)
1989	return TRUE;
1990    }
1991  else
1992    {
1993      bfd_signed_vma distance;
1994
1995      /* At this point, we don't know the load addresses of TSEC
1996	 section nor SEC section.  We estimate the distrance between
1997	 SEC and TSEC.  We store the estimated distances in the
1998	 compressed_size field of the output section, which is only
1999	 used to decompress the compressed input section.  */
2000      if (sec->output_section->compressed_size == 0)
2001	{
2002	  asection *asect;
2003	  bfd_size_type size = 0;
2004	  for (asect = link_info->output_bfd->sections;
2005	       asect != NULL;
2006	       asect = asect->next)
2007	    /* Skip debug sections since compressed_size is used to
2008	       compress debug sections.  */
2009	    if ((asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
2010	      {
2011		asection *i;
2012		for (i = asect->map_head.s;
2013		     i != NULL;
2014		     i = i->map_head.s)
2015		  {
2016		    size = align_power (size, i->alignment_power);
2017		    size += i->size;
2018		  }
2019		asect->compressed_size = size;
2020	      }
2021	}
2022
2023      /* Don't convert GOTPCREL relocations if TSEC isn't placed
2024	 after SEC.  */
2025      distance = (tsec->output_section->compressed_size
2026		  - sec->output_section->compressed_size);
2027      if (distance < 0)
2028	return TRUE;
2029
2030      /* Take PT_GNU_RELRO segment into account by adding
2031	 maxpagesize.  */
2032      if ((toff + distance + get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize
2033	   - roff + 0x80000000) > 0xffffffff)
2034	return TRUE;
2035    }
2036
2037convert:
2038  if (opcode == 0xff)
2039    {
2040      /* We have "call/jmp *foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)".  */
2041      unsigned int nop;
2042      unsigned int disp;
2043      bfd_vma nop_offset;
2044
2045      /* Convert R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX and R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX to
2046	 R_X86_64_PC32.  */
2047      modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1);
2048      if (modrm == 0x25)
2049	{
2050	  /* Convert to "jmp foo nop".  */
2051	  modrm = 0xe9;
2052	  nop = NOP_OPCODE;
2053	  nop_offset = irel->r_offset + 3;
2054	  disp = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
2055	  irel->r_offset -= 1;
2056	  bfd_put_32 (abfd, disp, contents + irel->r_offset);
2057	}
2058      else
2059	{
2060	  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh
2061	    = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
2062
2063	  /* Convert to "nop call foo".  ADDR_PREFIX_OPCODE
2064	     is a nop prefix.  */
2065	  modrm = 0xe8;
2066	  /* To support TLS optimization, always use addr32 prefix for
2067	     "call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)".  */
2068	  if (eh && eh->tls_get_addr == 1)
2069	    {
2070	      nop = 0x67;
2071	      nop_offset = irel->r_offset - 2;
2072	    }
2073	  else
2074	    {
2075	      nop = link_info->call_nop_byte;
2076	      if (link_info->call_nop_as_suffix)
2077		{
2078		  nop_offset = irel->r_offset + 3;
2079		  disp = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
2080		  irel->r_offset -= 1;
2081		  bfd_put_32 (abfd, disp, contents + irel->r_offset);
2082		}
2083	      else
2084		nop_offset = irel->r_offset - 2;
2085	    }
2086	}
2087      bfd_put_8 (abfd, nop, contents + nop_offset);
2088      bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + irel->r_offset - 1);
2089      r_type = R_X86_64_PC32;
2090    }
2091  else
2092    {
2093      unsigned int rex;
2094      unsigned int rex_mask = REX_R;
2095
2096      if (r_type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX)
2097	rex = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 3);
2098      else
2099	rex = 0;
2100
2101      if (opcode == 0x8b)
2102	{
2103	  if (to_reloc_pc32)
2104	    {
2105	      /* Convert "mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg" to
2106		 "lea foo(%rip), %reg".  */
2107	      opcode = 0x8d;
2108	      r_type = R_X86_64_PC32;
2109	    }
2110	  else
2111	    {
2112	      /* Convert "mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg" to
2113		 "mov $foo, %reg".  */
2114	      opcode = 0xc7;
2115	      modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1);
2116	      modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3;
2117	      if ((rex & REX_W) != 0
2118		  && ABI_64_P (link_info->output_bfd))
2119		{
2120		  /* Keep the REX_W bit in REX byte for LP64.  */
2121		  r_type = R_X86_64_32S;
2122		  goto rewrite_modrm_rex;
2123		}
2124	      else
2125		{
2126		  /* If the REX_W bit in REX byte isn't needed,
2127		     use R_X86_64_32 and clear the W bit to avoid
2128		     sign-extend imm32 to imm64.  */
2129		  r_type = R_X86_64_32;
2130		  /* Clear the W bit in REX byte.  */
2131		  rex_mask |= REX_W;
2132		  goto rewrite_modrm_rex;
2133		}
2134	    }
2135	}
2136      else
2137	{
2138	  /* R_X86_64_PC32 isn't supported.  */
2139	  if (to_reloc_pc32)
2140	    return TRUE;
2141
2142	  modrm = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + roff - 1);
2143	  if (opcode == 0x85)
2144	    {
2145	      /* Convert "test %reg, foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)" to
2146		 "test $foo, %reg".  */
2147	      modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3;
2148	      opcode = 0xf7;
2149	    }
2150	  else
2151	    {
2152	      /* Convert "binop foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg" to
2153		 "binop $foo, %reg".  */
2154	      modrm = 0xc0 | (modrm & 0x38) >> 3 | (opcode & 0x3c);
2155	      opcode = 0x81;
2156	    }
2157
2158	  /* Use R_X86_64_32 with 32-bit operand to avoid relocation
2159	     overflow when sign-extending imm32 to imm64.  */
2160	  r_type = (rex & REX_W) != 0 ? R_X86_64_32S : R_X86_64_32;
2161
2162rewrite_modrm_rex:
2163	  bfd_put_8 (abfd, modrm, contents + roff - 1);
2164
2165	  if (rex)
2166	    {
2167	      /* Move the R bit to the B bit in REX byte.  */
2168	      rex = (rex & ~rex_mask) | (rex & REX_R) >> 2;
2169	      bfd_put_8 (abfd, rex, contents + roff - 3);
2170	    }
2171
2172	  /* No addend for R_X86_64_32/R_X86_64_32S relocations.  */
2173	  irel->r_addend = 0;
2174	}
2175
2176      bfd_put_8 (abfd, opcode, contents + roff - 2);
2177    }
2178
2179  irel->r_info = htab->r_info (r_symndx, r_type);
2180
2181  *converted = TRUE;
2182
2183  return TRUE;
2184}
2185
2186/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2187   calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
2188   linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections.  */
2189
2190static bfd_boolean
2191elf_x86_64_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2192			 asection *sec,
2193			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2194{
2195  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
2196  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2197  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2198  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2199  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2200  asection *sreloc;
2201  bfd_byte *contents;
2202  bfd_boolean use_plt_got;
2203
2204  if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2205    return TRUE;
2206
2207  /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2208     In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2209     and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2210     or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2211     relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2212     libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate.  */
2213  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2214    return TRUE;
2215
2216  BFD_ASSERT (is_x86_64_elf (abfd));
2217
2218  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
2219  if (htab == NULL)
2220    {
2221      sec->check_relocs_failed = 1;
2222      return FALSE;
2223    }
2224
2225  /* Get the section contents.  */
2226  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
2227    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
2228  else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
2229    {
2230      sec->check_relocs_failed = 1;
2231      return FALSE;
2232    }
2233
2234  use_plt_got = get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd) == &elf_x86_64_arch_bed;
2235
2236  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2237  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2238
2239  sreloc = NULL;
2240
2241  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2242  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2243    {
2244      unsigned int r_type;
2245      unsigned long r_symndx;
2246      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2247      struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh;
2248      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2249      const char *name;
2250      bfd_boolean size_reloc;
2251
2252      r_symndx = htab->r_sym (rel->r_info);
2253      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2254
2255      if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
2256	{
2257	  /* xgettext:c-format */
2258	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
2259			      abfd, r_symndx);
2260	  goto error_return;
2261	}
2262
2263      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2264	{
2265	  /* A local symbol.  */
2266	  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2267					abfd, r_symndx);
2268	  if (isym == NULL)
2269	    goto error_return;
2270
2271	  /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
2272	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2273	    {
2274	      h = elf_x86_64_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel,
2275						 TRUE);
2276	      if (h == NULL)
2277		goto error_return;
2278
2279	      /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
2280	      h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
2281	      h->def_regular = 1;
2282	      h->ref_regular = 1;
2283	      h->forced_local = 1;
2284	      h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
2285	    }
2286	  else
2287	    h = NULL;
2288	}
2289      else
2290	{
2291	  isym = NULL;
2292	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2293	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2294		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2295	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2296	}
2297
2298      /* Check invalid x32 relocations.  */
2299      if (!ABI_64_P (abfd))
2300	switch (r_type)
2301	  {
2302	  default:
2303	    break;
2304
2305	  case R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
2306	  case R_X86_64_TPOFF64:
2307	  case R_X86_64_PC64:
2308	  case R_X86_64_GOTOFF64:
2309	  case R_X86_64_GOT64:
2310	  case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
2311	  case R_X86_64_GOTPC64:
2312	  case R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
2313	  case R_X86_64_PLTOFF64:
2314	      {
2315		if (h)
2316		  name = h->root.root.string;
2317		else
2318		  name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
2319					   NULL);
2320		_bfd_error_handler
2321		  /* xgettext:c-format */
2322		  (_("%B: relocation %s against symbol `%s' isn't "
2323		     "supported in x32 mode"), abfd,
2324		   x86_64_elf_howto_table[r_type].name, name);
2325		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2326		goto error_return;
2327	      }
2328	    break;
2329	  }
2330
2331      if (h != NULL)
2332	{
2333	  switch (r_type)
2334	    {
2335	    default:
2336	      break;
2337
2338	    case R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
2339	    case R_X86_64_PLT32_BND:
2340	    case R_X86_64_PC32:
2341	    case R_X86_64_PLT32:
2342	    case R_X86_64_32:
2343	    case R_X86_64_64:
2344	      /* MPX PLT is supported only if elf_x86_64_arch_bed
2345		 is used in 64-bit mode.  */
2346	      if (ABI_64_P (abfd)
2347		  && info->bndplt
2348		  && (get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd)
2349		      == &elf_x86_64_arch_bed))
2350		{
2351		  elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->has_bnd_reloc = 1;
2352
2353		  /* Create the second PLT for Intel MPX support.  */
2354		  if (htab->plt_bnd == NULL)
2355		    {
2356		      const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2357
2358		      bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
2359		      BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry) == 8
2360				  && (sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry)
2361				      == sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry)));
2362
2363		      if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2364			htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2365		      htab->plt_bnd
2366			= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2367							      ".plt.bnd",
2368							     (bed->dynamic_sec_flags
2369							      | SEC_ALLOC
2370							      | SEC_CODE
2371							      | SEC_LOAD
2372							      | SEC_READONLY));
2373		      if (htab->plt_bnd == NULL
2374			  || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj,
2375							 htab->plt_bnd,
2376							 3))
2377			goto error_return;
2378		    }
2379
2380		  if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
2381		      && htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame == NULL)
2382		    {
2383		      flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2384					| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2385					| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2386		      htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame
2387			= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2388							      ".eh_frame",
2389							      flags);
2390		      if (htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame == NULL
2391			  || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj,
2392							 htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame,
2393							 3))
2394			goto error_return;
2395		    }
2396		}
2397	      /* Fall through.  */
2398
2399	    case R_X86_64_32S:
2400	    case R_X86_64_PC64:
2401	    case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
2402	    case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
2403	    case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
2404	    case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
2405	      if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2406		htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2407	      /* Create the ifunc sections for static executables.  */
2408	      if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
2409		  && !_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj,
2410						      info))
2411		goto error_return;
2412	      break;
2413	    }
2414
2415	  /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */
2416	  h->ref_regular = 1;
2417	  h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
2418
2419	  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2420	    elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols
2421	      |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc;
2422	}
2423
2424      if (! elf_x86_64_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, contents,
2425				       symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
2426				       &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
2427				       rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx, FALSE))
2428	goto error_return;
2429
2430      eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
2431      switch (r_type)
2432	{
2433	case R_X86_64_TLSLD:
2434	  htab->tls_ld_got.refcount += 1;
2435	  goto create_got;
2436
2437	case R_X86_64_TPOFF32:
2438	  if (!bfd_link_executable (info) && ABI_64_P (abfd))
2439	    return elf_x86_64_need_pic (abfd, sec, h, symtab_hdr, isym,
2440					&x86_64_elf_howto_table[r_type]);
2441	  if (eh != NULL)
2442	    eh->has_got_reloc = 1;
2443	  break;
2444
2445	case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF:
2446	  if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
2447	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2448	  /* Fall through */
2449
2450	case R_X86_64_GOT32:
2451	case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
2452	case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
2453	case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
2454	case R_X86_64_TLSGD:
2455	case R_X86_64_GOT64:
2456	case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
2457	case R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
2458	case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC:
2459	case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
2460	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.	*/
2461	  {
2462	    int tls_type, old_tls_type;
2463
2464	    switch (r_type)
2465	      {
2466	      default: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break;
2467	      case R_X86_64_TLSGD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break;
2468	      case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF: tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; break;
2469	      case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC:
2470	      case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
2471		tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break;
2472	      }
2473
2474	    if (h != NULL)
2475	      {
2476		h->got.refcount += 1;
2477		old_tls_type = eh->tls_type;
2478	      }
2479	    else
2480	      {
2481		bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
2482
2483		/* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
2484		local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2485		if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2486		  {
2487		    bfd_size_type size;
2488
2489		    size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2490		    size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma)
2491		      + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof (char);
2492		    local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
2493					   bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
2494		    if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2495		      goto error_return;
2496		    elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2497		    elf_x86_64_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd)
2498		      = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2499		    elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
2500		      = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2501		  }
2502		local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2503		old_tls_type
2504		  = elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
2505	      }
2506
2507	    /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
2508	       there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
2509	    if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
2510		&& (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
2511		    || tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
2512	      {
2513		if (old_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
2514		  tls_type = old_tls_type;
2515		else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
2516			 && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
2517		  tls_type |= old_tls_type;
2518		else
2519		  {
2520		    if (h)
2521		      name = h->root.root.string;
2522		    else
2523		      name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr,
2524					       isym, NULL);
2525		    _bfd_error_handler
2526		      /* xgettext:c-format */
2527		      (_("%B: '%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
2528		       abfd, name);
2529		    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2530		    goto error_return;
2531		  }
2532	      }
2533
2534	    if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
2535	      {
2536		if (eh != NULL)
2537		  eh->tls_type = tls_type;
2538		else
2539		  elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
2540	      }
2541	  }
2542	  /* Fall through */
2543
2544	case R_X86_64_GOTOFF64:
2545	case R_X86_64_GOTPC32:
2546	case R_X86_64_GOTPC64:
2547	create_got:
2548	  if (eh != NULL)
2549	    eh->has_got_reloc = 1;
2550	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
2551	    {
2552	      if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2553		htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2554	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj,
2555						info))
2556		goto error_return;
2557	    }
2558	  break;
2559
2560	case R_X86_64_PLT32:
2561	case R_X86_64_PLT32_BND:
2562	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
2563	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
2564	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
2565	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
2566	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
2567	     after all.	 */
2568
2569	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
2570	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.	*/
2571	  if (h == NULL)
2572	    continue;
2573
2574	  eh->has_got_reloc = 1;
2575	  h->needs_plt = 1;
2576	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
2577	  break;
2578
2579	case R_X86_64_PLTOFF64:
2580	  /* This tries to form the 'address' of a function relative
2581	     to GOT.  For global symbols we need a PLT entry.  */
2582	  if (h != NULL)
2583	    {
2584	      h->needs_plt = 1;
2585	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
2586	    }
2587	  goto create_got;
2588
2589	case R_X86_64_SIZE32:
2590	case R_X86_64_SIZE64:
2591	  size_reloc = TRUE;
2592	  goto do_size;
2593
2594	case R_X86_64_32:
2595	  if (!ABI_64_P (abfd))
2596	    goto pointer;
2597	  /* Fall through.  */
2598	case R_X86_64_8:
2599	case R_X86_64_16:
2600	case R_X86_64_32S:
2601	  /* Check relocation overflow as these relocs may lead to
2602	     run-time relocation overflow.  Don't error out for
2603	     sections we don't care about, such as debug sections or
2604	     when relocation overflow check is disabled.  */
2605	  if (!info->no_reloc_overflow_check
2606	      && (bfd_link_pic (info)
2607		  || (bfd_link_executable (info)
2608		      && h != NULL
2609		      && !h->def_regular
2610		      && h->def_dynamic
2611		      && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)))
2612	    return elf_x86_64_need_pic (abfd, sec, h, symtab_hdr, isym,
2613					&x86_64_elf_howto_table[r_type]);
2614	  /* Fall through.  */
2615
2616	case R_X86_64_PC8:
2617	case R_X86_64_PC16:
2618	case R_X86_64_PC32:
2619	case R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
2620	case R_X86_64_PC64:
2621	case R_X86_64_64:
2622pointer:
2623	  if (eh != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2624	    eh->has_non_got_reloc = 1;
2625	  /* We are called after all symbols have been resolved.  Only
2626	     relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through
2627	     PLT.  */
2628	  if (h != NULL
2629	      && (bfd_link_executable (info)
2630		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
2631	    {
2632	      /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
2633		 need a copy reloc.  We can't check reliably at this
2634		 stage whether the section is read-only, as input
2635		 sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
2636		 Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
2637		 adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
2638	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
2639
2640	      /* We may need a .plt entry if the symbol is a function
2641		 defined in a shared lib or is a STT_GNU_IFUNC function
2642		 referenced from the code or read-only section.  */
2643	      if (!h->def_regular
2644		  || (sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY)) != 0)
2645		h->plt.refcount += 1;
2646
2647	      if (r_type == R_X86_64_PC32)
2648		{
2649		  /* Since something like ".long foo - ." may be used
2650		     as pointer, make sure that PLT is used if foo is
2651		     a function defined in a shared library.  */
2652		  if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
2653		    h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
2654		}
2655	      else if (r_type != R_X86_64_PC32_BND
2656		       && r_type != R_X86_64_PC64)
2657		{
2658		  h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
2659		  /* At run-time, R_X86_64_64 can be resolved for both
2660		     x86-64 and x32. But R_X86_64_32 and R_X86_64_32S
2661		     can only be resolved for x32.  */
2662		  if ((sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
2663		      && (r_type == R_X86_64_64
2664			  || (!ABI_64_P (abfd)
2665			      && (r_type == R_X86_64_32
2666				  || r_type == R_X86_64_32S))))
2667		    eh->func_pointer_refcount += 1;
2668		}
2669	    }
2670
2671	  size_reloc = FALSE;
2672do_size:
2673	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
2674	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
2675	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
2676	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
2677	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
2678	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
2679	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).	At
2680	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
2681	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
2682	     later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
2683	     DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
2684	     a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
2685	     storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash
2686	     table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
2687	     shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
2688	     symbol local.
2689
2690	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
2691	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
2692	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
2693	     symbol.
2694
2695	     Generate dynamic pointer relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC
2696	     symbol in the non-code section.  */
2697	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
2698	       && (! IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type)
2699		   || (h != NULL
2700		       && (! (bfd_link_pie (info)
2701			      || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h))
2702			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
2703			   || !h->def_regular))))
2704	      || (h != NULL
2705		  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
2706		  && r_type == htab->pointer_r_type
2707		  && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
2708	      || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
2709		  && !bfd_link_pic (info)
2710		  && h != NULL
2711		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
2712		      || !h->def_regular)))
2713	    {
2714	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2715	      struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
2716
2717	      /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
2718		 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
2719		 this reloc.  */
2720	      if (sreloc == NULL)
2721		{
2722		  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2723		    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2724
2725		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
2726		    (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 3 : 2,
2727		     abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
2728
2729		  if (sreloc == NULL)
2730		    goto error_return;
2731		}
2732
2733	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
2734		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
2735	      if (h != NULL)
2736		head = &eh->dyn_relocs;
2737	      else
2738		{
2739		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
2740		     We really need local syms available to do this
2741		     easily.  Oh well.  */
2742		  asection *s;
2743		  void **vpp;
2744
2745		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2746						abfd, r_symndx);
2747		  if (isym == NULL)
2748		    goto error_return;
2749
2750		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
2751		  if (s == NULL)
2752		    s = sec;
2753
2754		  /* Beware of type punned pointers vs strict aliasing
2755		     rules.  */
2756		  vpp = &(elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
2757		  head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp;
2758		}
2759
2760	      p = *head;
2761	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
2762		{
2763		  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
2764
2765		  p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
2766		       bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, amt));
2767		  if (p == NULL)
2768		    goto error_return;
2769		  p->next = *head;
2770		  *head = p;
2771		  p->sec = sec;
2772		  p->count = 0;
2773		  p->pc_count = 0;
2774		}
2775
2776	      p->count += 1;
2777	      /* Count size relocation as PC-relative relocation.  */
2778	      if (IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type) || size_reloc)
2779		p->pc_count += 1;
2780	    }
2781	  break;
2782
2783	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
2784	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
2785	case R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2786	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
2787	    goto error_return;
2788	  break;
2789
2790	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
2791	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
2792	case R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY:
2793	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
2794	  if (h != NULL
2795	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
2796	    goto error_return;
2797	  break;
2798
2799	default:
2800	  break;
2801	}
2802
2803      if (use_plt_got
2804	  && h != NULL
2805	  && h->plt.refcount > 0
2806	  && (((info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW) && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
2807	      || h->got.refcount > 0)
2808	  && htab->plt_got == NULL)
2809	{
2810	  /* Create the GOT procedure linkage table.  */
2811	  unsigned int plt_got_align;
2812	  const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2813
2814	  bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
2815	  BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry) == 8
2816		      && (sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry)
2817			  == sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry)));
2818	  plt_got_align = 3;
2819
2820	  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2821	    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2822	  htab->plt_got
2823	    = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2824						  ".plt.got",
2825						  (bed->dynamic_sec_flags
2826						   | SEC_ALLOC
2827						   | SEC_CODE
2828						   | SEC_LOAD
2829						   | SEC_READONLY));
2830	  if (htab->plt_got == NULL
2831	      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj,
2832					     htab->plt_got,
2833					     plt_got_align))
2834	    goto error_return;
2835
2836	  if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
2837	      && htab->plt_got_eh_frame == NULL
2838	      && get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd)->eh_frame_plt_got != NULL)
2839	    {
2840	      flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2841				| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2842				| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2843	      htab->plt_got_eh_frame
2844		= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2845						      ".eh_frame",
2846						      flags);
2847	      if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame == NULL
2848		  || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj,
2849						 htab->plt_got_eh_frame,
2850						 ABI_64_P (htab->elf.dynobj) ? 3 : 2))
2851		goto error_return;
2852	    }
2853	}
2854
2855      if ((r_type == R_X86_64_GOTPCREL
2856	   || r_type == R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX
2857	   || r_type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX)
2858	  && (h == NULL || h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC))
2859	sec->need_convert_load = 1;
2860    }
2861
2862  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
2863    {
2864      if (!info->keep_memory)
2865	free (contents);
2866      else
2867	{
2868	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
2869	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
2870	}
2871    }
2872
2873  return TRUE;
2874
2875error_return:
2876  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
2877    free (contents);
2878  sec->check_relocs_failed = 1;
2879  return FALSE;
2880}
2881
2882/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
2883   relocation.	*/
2884
2885static asection *
2886elf_x86_64_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
2887			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2888			 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
2889			 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2890			 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
2891{
2892  if (h != NULL)
2893    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2894      {
2895      case R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2896      case R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY:
2897	return NULL;
2898      }
2899
2900  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
2901}
2902
2903/* Remove undefined weak symbol from the dynamic symbol table if it
2904   is resolved to 0.   */
2905
2906static bfd_boolean
2907elf_x86_64_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2908		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2909{
2910  if (h->dynindx != -1
2911      && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info,
2912					  elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->has_got_reloc,
2913					  elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)))
2914    {
2915      h->dynindx = -1;
2916      _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2917			      h->dynstr_index);
2918    }
2919  return TRUE;
2920}
2921
2922/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2923   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
2924   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
2925   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2926   understand.	*/
2927
2928static bfd_boolean
2929elf_x86_64_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2930				  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2931{
2932  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
2933  asection *s, *srel;
2934  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh;
2935  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2936
2937  /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
2938  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2939    {
2940      /* All local STT_GNU_IFUNC references must be treate as local
2941	 calls via local PLT.  */
2942      if (h->ref_regular
2943	  && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
2944	{
2945	  bfd_size_type pc_count = 0, count = 0;
2946	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2947
2948	  eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
2949	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2950	    {
2951	      pc_count += p->pc_count;
2952	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
2953	      p->pc_count = 0;
2954	      count += p->count;
2955	      if (p->count == 0)
2956		*pp = p->next;
2957	      else
2958		pp = &p->next;
2959	    }
2960
2961	  if (pc_count || count)
2962	    {
2963	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
2964	      if (pc_count)
2965		{
2966		  /* Increment PLT reference count only for PC-relative
2967		     references.  */
2968		  h->needs_plt = 1;
2969		  if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
2970		    h->plt.refcount = 1;
2971		  else
2972		    h->plt.refcount += 1;
2973		}
2974	    }
2975	}
2976
2977      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
2978	{
2979	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2980	  h->needs_plt = 0;
2981	}
2982      return TRUE;
2983    }
2984
2985  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
2986     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2987     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
2988  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2989      || h->needs_plt)
2990    {
2991      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2992	  || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2993	  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2994	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2995	{
2996	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
2997	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2998	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
2999	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
3000	     linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead.  */
3001	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3002	  h->needs_plt = 0;
3003	}
3004
3005      return TRUE;
3006    }
3007  else
3008    /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was
3009       needed for an R_X86_64_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in
3010       check_relocs.  We can't decide accurately between function and
3011       non-function syms in check-relocs;  Objects loaded later in
3012       the link may change h->type.  So fix it now.  */
3013    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3014
3015  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
3016     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
3017     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.	 */
3018  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
3019    {
3020      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3021		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
3022      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
3023      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
3024      if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS || info->nocopyreloc)
3025	{
3026	  eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
3027	  h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
3028	  eh->needs_copy = h->u.weakdef->needs_copy;
3029	}
3030      return TRUE;
3031    }
3032
3033  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
3034     is not a function.	 */
3035
3036  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
3037     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
3038     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
3039     be handled correctly by relocate_section.	*/
3040  if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3041    return TRUE;
3042
3043  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
3044     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
3045  if (!h->non_got_ref)
3046    return TRUE;
3047
3048  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
3049  if (info->nocopyreloc)
3050    {
3051      h->non_got_ref = 0;
3052      return TRUE;
3053    }
3054
3055  if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
3056    {
3057      eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
3058      for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3059	{
3060	  s = p->sec->output_section;
3061	  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3062	    break;
3063	}
3064
3065      /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
3066	 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
3067      if (p == NULL)
3068	{
3069	  h->non_got_ref = 0;
3070	  return TRUE;
3071	}
3072    }
3073
3074  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
3075     become part of the .bss section of the executable.	 There will be
3076     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
3077     object will contain position independent code, so all references
3078     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
3079     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
3080     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
3081     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
3082     same memory location for the variable.  */
3083
3084  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
3085  if (htab == NULL)
3086    return FALSE;
3087
3088  /* We must generate a R_X86_64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker
3089     to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
3090     runtime process image.  */
3091  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3092    {
3093      s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
3094      srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
3095    }
3096  else
3097    {
3098      s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
3099      srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
3100    }
3101  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
3102    {
3103      const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3104      bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
3105      srel->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3106      h->needs_copy = 1;
3107    }
3108
3109  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
3110}
3111
3112/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
3113   dynamic relocs.  */
3114
3115static bfd_boolean
3116elf_x86_64_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
3117{
3118  struct bfd_link_info *info;
3119  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
3120  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh;
3121  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3122  const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3123  unsigned int plt_entry_size;
3124  bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
3125
3126  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
3127    return TRUE;
3128
3129  eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
3130
3131  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3132  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
3133  if (htab == NULL)
3134    return FALSE;
3135  bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
3136  plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (info->output_bfd);
3137
3138  resolved_to_zero = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info,
3139						      eh->has_got_reloc,
3140						      eh);
3141
3142  /* We can't use the GOT PLT if pointer equality is needed since
3143     finish_dynamic_symbol won't clear symbol value and the dynamic
3144     linker won't update the GOT slot.  We will get into an infinite
3145     loop at run-time.  */
3146  if (htab->plt_got != NULL
3147      && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
3148      && !h->pointer_equality_needed
3149      && h->plt.refcount > 0
3150      && h->got.refcount > 0)
3151    {
3152      /* Don't use the regular PLT if there are both GOT and GOTPLT
3153         reloctions.  */
3154      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3155
3156      /* Use the GOT PLT.  */
3157      eh->plt_got.refcount = 1;
3158    }
3159
3160  /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations if
3161     symbol isn't a normal function.  */
3162  if (h->type != STT_FUNC)
3163    eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
3164
3165  /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it
3166     here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object.  */
3167  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
3168      && h->def_regular)
3169    {
3170      if (_bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
3171					      &eh->dyn_relocs,
3172					      &htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc,
3173					      plt_entry_size,
3174					      plt_entry_size,
3175					      GOT_ENTRY_SIZE, TRUE))
3176	{
3177	  asection *s = htab->plt_bnd;
3178	  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 && s != NULL)
3179	    {
3180	      /* Use the .plt.bnd section if it is created.  */
3181	      eh->plt_bnd.offset = s->size;
3182
3183	      /* Make room for this entry in the .plt.bnd section.  */
3184	      s->size += sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry);
3185	    }
3186
3187	  return TRUE;
3188	}
3189      else
3190	return FALSE;
3191    }
3192  /* Don't create the PLT entry if there are only function pointer
3193     relocations which can be resolved at run-time.  */
3194  else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3195	   && (h->plt.refcount > eh->func_pointer_refcount
3196	       || eh->plt_got.refcount > 0))
3197    {
3198      bfd_boolean use_plt_got;
3199
3200      /* Clear the reference count of function pointer relocations
3201	 if PLT is used.  */
3202      eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
3203
3204      if ((info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW) && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
3205	{
3206	  /* Don't use the regular PLT for DF_BIND_NOW. */
3207	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3208
3209	  /* Use the GOT PLT.  */
3210	  h->got.refcount = 1;
3211	  eh->plt_got.refcount = 1;
3212	}
3213
3214      use_plt_got = eh->plt_got.refcount > 0;
3215
3216      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3217	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3218      if (h->dynindx == -1
3219	  && !h->forced_local
3220	  && !resolved_to_zero)
3221	{
3222	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3223	    return FALSE;
3224	}
3225
3226      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3227	  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3228	{
3229	  asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
3230	  asection *bnd_s = htab->plt_bnd;
3231	  asection *got_s = htab->plt_got;
3232
3233	  /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3234	     first entry.  The .plt section is used by prelink to undo
3235	     prelinking for dynamic relocations.  */
3236	  if (s->size == 0)
3237	    s->size = plt_entry_size;
3238
3239	  if (use_plt_got)
3240	    eh->plt_got.offset = got_s->size;
3241	  else
3242	    {
3243	      h->plt.offset = s->size;
3244	      if (bnd_s)
3245		eh->plt_bnd.offset = bnd_s->size;
3246	    }
3247
3248	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3249	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3250	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
3251	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3252	     the shared library.  */
3253	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
3254	      && !h->def_regular)
3255	    {
3256	      if (use_plt_got)
3257		{
3258		  /* We need to make a call to the entry of the GOT PLT
3259		     instead of regular PLT entry.  */
3260		  h->root.u.def.section = got_s;
3261		  h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_got.offset;
3262		}
3263	      else
3264		{
3265		  if (bnd_s)
3266		    {
3267		      /* We need to make a call to the entry of the second
3268			 PLT instead of regular PLT entry.  */
3269		      h->root.u.def.section = bnd_s;
3270		      h->root.u.def.value = eh->plt_bnd.offset;
3271		    }
3272		  else
3273		    {
3274		      h->root.u.def.section = s;
3275		      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3276		    }
3277		}
3278	    }
3279
3280	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
3281	  if (use_plt_got)
3282	    got_s->size += sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry);
3283	  else
3284	    {
3285	      s->size += plt_entry_size;
3286	      if (bnd_s)
3287		bnd_s->size += sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry);
3288
3289	      /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section,
3290		 which will be placed in the .got section by the linker
3291		 script.  */
3292	      htab->elf.sgotplt->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3293
3294	      /* There should be no PLT relocation against resolved
3295		 undefined weak symbol in executable.  */
3296	      if (!resolved_to_zero)
3297		{
3298		  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt
3299		     section.  */
3300		  htab->elf.srelplt->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3301		  htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count++;
3302		}
3303	    }
3304	}
3305      else
3306	{
3307	  eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3308	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3309	  h->needs_plt = 0;
3310	}
3311    }
3312  else
3313    {
3314      eh->plt_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3315      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3316      h->needs_plt = 0;
3317    }
3318
3319  eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3320
3321  /* If R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF symbol is now local to the binary,
3322     make it a R_X86_64_TPOFF32 requiring no GOT entry.  */
3323  if (h->got.refcount > 0
3324      && bfd_link_executable (info)
3325      && h->dynindx == -1
3326      && elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3327    {
3328      h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3329    }
3330  else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3331    {
3332      asection *s;
3333      bfd_boolean dyn;
3334      int tls_type = elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type;
3335
3336      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3337	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3338      if (h->dynindx == -1
3339	  && !h->forced_local
3340	  && !resolved_to_zero)
3341	{
3342	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3343	    return FALSE;
3344	}
3345
3346      if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
3347	{
3348	  eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
3349	    - elf_x86_64_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
3350	  htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3351	  h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2;
3352	}
3353      if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
3354	  || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
3355	{
3356	  s = htab->elf.sgot;
3357	  h->got.offset = s->size;
3358	  s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3359	  if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
3360	    s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3361	}
3362      dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
3363      /* R_X86_64_TLSGD needs one dynamic relocation if local symbol
3364	 and two if global.  R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF needs one dynamic
3365	 relocation.  No dynamic relocation against resolved undefined
3366	 weak symbol in executable.  */
3367      if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1)
3368	  || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3369	htab->elf.srelgot->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3370      else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
3371	htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3372      else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
3373	       && ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3374		    && !resolved_to_zero)
3375		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3376	       && (bfd_link_pic (info)
3377		   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3378	htab->elf.srelgot->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3379      if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
3380	{
3381	  htab->elf.srelplt->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3382	  htab->tlsdesc_plt = (bfd_vma) -1;
3383	}
3384    }
3385  else
3386    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3387
3388  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3389    return TRUE;
3390
3391  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3392     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3393     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
3394     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3395     visibility changes.  */
3396
3397  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3398    {
3399      /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
3400	 insn, or certain REL relocs that can generated via assembly.
3401	 We want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the
3402	 function rather than going via the plt.  If people want
3403	 function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they
3404	 should avoid writing weird assembly.  */
3405      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3406	{
3407	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
3408
3409	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3410	    {
3411	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
3412	      p->pc_count = 0;
3413	      if (p->count == 0)
3414		*pp = p->next;
3415	      else
3416		pp = &p->next;
3417	    }
3418	}
3419
3420      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3421	 visibility or in PIE.  */
3422      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL)
3423	{
3424	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3425	    {
3426	      /* Undefined weak symbol is never bound locally in shared
3427		 library.  */
3428	      if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
3429		  || resolved_to_zero)
3430		eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3431	      else if (h->dynindx == -1
3432		       && ! h->forced_local
3433		       && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3434		return FALSE;
3435	    }
3436	  /* For PIE, discard space for pc-relative relocs against
3437	     symbols which turn out to need copy relocs.  */
3438	  else if (bfd_link_executable (info)
3439		   && (h->needs_copy || eh->needs_copy)
3440		   && h->def_dynamic
3441		   && !h->def_regular)
3442	    {
3443	      struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
3444
3445	      for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3446		{
3447		  if (p->pc_count != 0)
3448		    *pp = p->next;
3449		  else
3450		    pp = &p->next;
3451		}
3452	    }
3453	}
3454    }
3455  else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
3456    {
3457      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3458	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3459	 dynamic.  Keep dynamic relocations for run-time function
3460	 pointer initialization.  */
3461
3462      if ((!h->non_got_ref
3463	   || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0
3464	   || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3465	       && !resolved_to_zero))
3466	  && ((h->def_dynamic
3467	       && !h->def_regular)
3468	      || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3469		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3470		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3471	{
3472	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3473	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3474	  if (h->dynindx == -1
3475	      && ! h->forced_local
3476	      && ! resolved_to_zero
3477	      && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3478	    return FALSE;
3479
3480	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3481	     relocs.  */
3482	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
3483	    goto keep;
3484	}
3485
3486      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3487      eh->func_pointer_refcount = 0;
3488
3489    keep: ;
3490    }
3491
3492  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
3493  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3494    {
3495      asection * sreloc;
3496
3497      sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3498
3499      BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
3500
3501      sreloc->size += p->count * bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3502    }
3503
3504  return TRUE;
3505}
3506
3507/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
3508   local dynamic relocs.  */
3509
3510static bfd_boolean
3511elf_x86_64_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
3512{
3513  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
3514    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
3515
3516  if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
3517      || !h->def_regular
3518      || !h->ref_regular
3519      || !h->forced_local
3520      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
3521    abort ();
3522
3523  return elf_x86_64_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf);
3524}
3525
3526/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
3527
3528static bfd_boolean
3529elf_x86_64_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3530			       void * inf)
3531{
3532  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh;
3533  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3534
3535  /* Skip local IFUNC symbols. */
3536  if (h->forced_local && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3537    return TRUE;
3538
3539  eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
3540  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3541    {
3542      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3543
3544      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3545	{
3546	  struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3547
3548	  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3549
3550	  if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info))
3551	      || info->error_textrel)
3552	    /* xgettext:c-format */
3553	    info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation against `%s' in readonly section `%A'\n"),
3554				    p->sec->owner, h->root.root.string,
3555				    p->sec);
3556
3557	  /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
3558	  return FALSE;
3559	}
3560    }
3561  return TRUE;
3562}
3563
3564/* Convert load via the GOT slot to load immediate.  */
3565
3566static bfd_boolean
3567elf_x86_64_convert_load (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
3568			 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3569{
3570  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3571  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
3572  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
3573  bfd_byte *contents;
3574  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
3575  bfd_boolean changed;
3576  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
3577
3578  /* Don't even try to convert non-ELF outputs.  */
3579  if (!is_elf_hash_table (link_info->hash))
3580    return FALSE;
3581
3582  /* Nothing to do if there is no need or no output.  */
3583  if ((sec->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC)) != (SEC_CODE | SEC_RELOC)
3584      || sec->need_convert_load == 0
3585      || bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
3586    return TRUE;
3587
3588  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3589
3590  /* Load the relocations for this section.  */
3591  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
3592		     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
3593		      link_info->keep_memory));
3594  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
3595    return FALSE;
3596
3597  changed = FALSE;
3598  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (link_info);
3599  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
3600
3601  /* Get the section contents.  */
3602  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
3603    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
3604  else
3605    {
3606      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
3607	goto error_return;
3608    }
3609
3610  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
3611  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
3612    {
3613      unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
3614      unsigned int r_symndx;
3615      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3616      bfd_boolean converted;
3617
3618      if (r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX
3619	  && r_type != R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX
3620	  && r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCREL)
3621	continue;
3622
3623      r_symndx = htab->r_sym (irel->r_info);
3624      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3625	h = elf_x86_64_get_local_sym_hash (htab, sec->owner,
3626					   (const Elf_Internal_Rela *) irel,
3627					   FALSE);
3628      else
3629	{
3630	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
3631	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3632		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3633	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3634	}
3635
3636      /* STT_GNU_IFUNC must keep GOTPCREL relocations.  */
3637      if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3638	continue;
3639
3640      converted = FALSE;
3641      if (!elf_x86_64_convert_load_reloc (abfd, sec, contents, irel, h,
3642					  &converted, link_info))
3643	goto error_return;
3644
3645      if (converted)
3646	{
3647	  changed = converted;
3648	  if (h)
3649	    {
3650	      if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3651		h->got.refcount -= 1;
3652	    }
3653	  else
3654	    {
3655	      if (local_got_refcounts != NULL
3656		  && local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
3657		local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
3658	    }
3659	}
3660    }
3661
3662  if (contents != NULL
3663      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
3664    {
3665      if (!changed && !link_info->keep_memory)
3666	free (contents);
3667      else
3668	{
3669	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
3670	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
3671	}
3672    }
3673
3674  if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
3675    {
3676      if (!changed)
3677	free (internal_relocs);
3678      else
3679	elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
3680    }
3681
3682  return TRUE;
3683
3684 error_return:
3685  if (contents != NULL
3686      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
3687    free (contents);
3688  if (internal_relocs != NULL
3689      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
3690    free (internal_relocs);
3691  return FALSE;
3692}
3693
3694/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
3695
3696static bfd_boolean
3697elf_x86_64_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
3698				  struct bfd_link_info *info)
3699{
3700  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
3701  bfd *dynobj;
3702  asection *s;
3703  bfd_boolean relocs;
3704  bfd *ibfd;
3705  const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3706  const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *arch_data;
3707
3708  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
3709  if (htab == NULL)
3710    return FALSE;
3711  bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3712
3713  dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
3714  if (dynobj == NULL)
3715    abort ();
3716
3717  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3718     relocs.  */
3719  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
3720    {
3721      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3722      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3723      char *local_tls_type;
3724      bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
3725      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3726      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3727      asection *srel;
3728
3729      if (! is_x86_64_elf (ibfd))
3730	continue;
3731
3732      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3733	{
3734	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3735
3736	  if (!elf_x86_64_convert_load (ibfd, s, info))
3737	    return FALSE;
3738
3739	  for (p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
3740		    (elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3741	       p != NULL;
3742	       p = p->next)
3743	    {
3744	      if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3745		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3746		{
3747		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3748		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3749		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3750		     the relocs too.  */
3751		}
3752	      else if (p->count != 0)
3753		{
3754		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3755		  srel->size += p->count * bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3756		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
3757		      && (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3758		    {
3759		      info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3760		      if ((info->warn_shared_textrel && bfd_link_pic (info))
3761			  || info->error_textrel)
3762			/* xgettext:c-format */
3763			info->callbacks->einfo (_("%P: %B: warning: relocation in readonly section `%A'\n"),
3764						p->sec->owner, p->sec);
3765		    }
3766		}
3767	    }
3768	}
3769
3770      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3771      if (!local_got)
3772	continue;
3773
3774      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3775      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3776      end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3777      local_tls_type = elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
3778      local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_x86_64_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd);
3779      s = htab->elf.sgot;
3780      srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
3781      for (; local_got < end_local_got;
3782	   ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent)
3783	{
3784	  *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1;
3785	  if (*local_got > 0)
3786	    {
3787	      if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
3788		{
3789		  *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
3790		    - elf_x86_64_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
3791		  htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3792		  *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2;
3793		}
3794	      if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)
3795		  || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type))
3796		{
3797		  *local_got = s->size;
3798		  s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3799		  if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type))
3800		    s->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3801		}
3802	      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3803		  || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type)
3804		  || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3805		{
3806		  if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
3807		    {
3808		      htab->elf.srelplt->size
3809			+= bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3810		      htab->tlsdesc_plt = (bfd_vma) -1;
3811		    }
3812		  if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)
3813		      || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type))
3814		    srel->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3815		}
3816	    }
3817	  else
3818	    *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3819	}
3820    }
3821
3822  if (htab->tls_ld_got.refcount > 0)
3823    {
3824      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_X86_64_TLSLD
3825	 relocs.  */
3826      htab->tls_ld_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size;
3827      htab->elf.sgot->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3828      htab->elf.srelgot->size += bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3829    }
3830  else
3831    htab->tls_ld_got.offset = -1;
3832
3833  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3834     sym dynamic relocs.  */
3835  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_x86_64_allocate_dynrelocs,
3836			  info);
3837
3838  /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols.  */
3839  htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
3840		 elf_x86_64_allocate_local_dynrelocs,
3841		 info);
3842
3843  /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is
3844     incremented.  However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors,
3845     it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved
3846     for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump
3847     slot size.
3848
3849     PR ld/13302: We start next_irelative_index at the end of .rela.plt
3850     so that R_X86_64_IRELATIVE entries come last.  */
3851  if (htab->elf.srelplt)
3852    {
3853      htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size
3854	= elf_x86_64_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
3855      htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.srelplt->reloc_count - 1;
3856    }
3857  else if (htab->elf.irelplt)
3858    htab->next_irelative_index = htab->elf.irelplt->reloc_count - 1;
3859
3860  if (htab->tlsdesc_plt)
3861    {
3862      /* If we're not using lazy TLS relocations, don't generate the
3863	 PLT and GOT entries they require.  */
3864      if ((info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW))
3865	htab->tlsdesc_plt = 0;
3866      else
3867	{
3868	  htab->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgot->size;
3869	  htab->elf.sgot->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
3870	  /* Reserve room for the initial entry.
3871	     FIXME: we could probably do away with it in this case.  */
3872	  if (htab->elf.splt->size == 0)
3873	    htab->elf.splt->size += GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (output_bfd);
3874	  htab->tlsdesc_plt = htab->elf.splt->size;
3875	  htab->elf.splt->size += GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (output_bfd);
3876	}
3877    }
3878
3879  if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
3880    {
3881      /* Don't allocate .got.plt section if there are no GOT nor PLT
3882	 entries and there is no refeence to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
3883      if ((htab->elf.hgot == NULL
3884	   || !htab->elf.hgot->ref_regular_nonweak)
3885	  && (htab->elf.sgotplt->size
3886	      == get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->got_header_size)
3887	  && (htab->elf.splt == NULL
3888	      || htab->elf.splt->size == 0)
3889	  && (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
3890	      || htab->elf.sgot->size == 0)
3891	  && (htab->elf.iplt == NULL
3892	      || htab->elf.iplt->size == 0)
3893	  && (htab->elf.igotplt == NULL
3894	      || htab->elf.igotplt->size == 0))
3895	htab->elf.sgotplt->size = 0;
3896    }
3897
3898  arch_data = (htab->plt_bnd != NULL
3899	       ? &elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed
3900	       : get_elf_x86_64_arch_data (bed));
3901
3902  if (_bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
3903    {
3904      if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL
3905	  && htab->elf.splt != NULL
3906	  && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
3907	  && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.splt->output_section))
3908	htab->plt_eh_frame->size = arch_data->eh_frame_plt_size;
3909
3910      if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL
3911	  && htab->plt_got != NULL
3912	  && htab->plt_got->size != 0
3913	  && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->plt_got->output_section))
3914	htab->plt_got_eh_frame->size = arch_data->eh_frame_plt_got_size;
3915
3916      /* Unwind info for .plt.bnd and .plt.got sections are
3917	 identical.  */
3918      if (htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame != NULL
3919	  && htab->plt_bnd != NULL
3920	  && htab->plt_bnd->size != 0
3921	  && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->plt_bnd->output_section))
3922	htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->size = arch_data->eh_frame_plt_got_size;
3923    }
3924
3925  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3926     Allocate memory for them.  */
3927  relocs = FALSE;
3928  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3929    {
3930      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3931	continue;
3932
3933      if (s == htab->elf.splt
3934	  || s == htab->elf.sgot
3935	  || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
3936	  || s == htab->elf.iplt
3937	  || s == htab->elf.igotplt
3938	  || s == htab->plt_bnd
3939	  || s == htab->plt_got
3940	  || s == htab->plt_eh_frame
3941	  || s == htab->plt_got_eh_frame
3942	  || s == htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame
3943	  || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
3944	  || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
3945	{
3946	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3947	     comment below.  */
3948	}
3949      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3950	{
3951	  if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->elf.srelplt)
3952	    relocs = TRUE;
3953
3954	  /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3955	     to copy relocs into the output file.  */
3956	  if (s != htab->elf.srelplt)
3957	    s->reloc_count = 0;
3958	}
3959      else
3960	{
3961	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
3962	  continue;
3963	}
3964
3965      if (s->size == 0)
3966	{
3967	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3968	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3969	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
3970	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3971	     before the linker maps input sections to output
3972	     sections.  The linker does that before
3973	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3974	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
3975	     into these sections.  */
3976
3977	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3978	  continue;
3979	}
3980
3981      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3982	continue;
3983
3984      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
3985	 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3986	 section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
3987	 but this way if it does, we get a R_X86_64_NONE reloc instead
3988	 of garbage.  */
3989      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3990      if (s->contents == NULL)
3991	return FALSE;
3992    }
3993
3994  if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL
3995      && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
3996    {
3997      memcpy (htab->plt_eh_frame->contents,
3998	      arch_data->eh_frame_plt, htab->plt_eh_frame->size);
3999      bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->elf.splt->size,
4000		  htab->plt_eh_frame->contents + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET);
4001    }
4002
4003  if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL
4004      && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
4005    {
4006      memcpy (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents,
4007	      arch_data->eh_frame_plt_got,
4008	      htab->plt_got_eh_frame->size);
4009      bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->plt_got->size,
4010		  (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents
4011		   + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET));
4012    }
4013
4014  if (htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame != NULL
4015      && htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
4016    {
4017      memcpy (htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->contents,
4018	      arch_data->eh_frame_plt_got,
4019	      htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->size);
4020      bfd_put_32 (dynobj, htab->plt_bnd->size,
4021		  (htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->contents
4022		   + PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET));
4023    }
4024
4025  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
4026    {
4027      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
4028	 values later, in elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
4029	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
4030	 the .dynamic section.	The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
4031	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
4032#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
4033  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
4034
4035      if (bfd_link_executable (info))
4036	{
4037	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
4038	    return FALSE;
4039	}
4040
4041      if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
4042	{
4043	  /* DT_PLTGOT is used by prelink even if there is no PLT
4044	     relocation.  */
4045	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
4046	    return FALSE;
4047
4048	  if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0)
4049	    {
4050	      if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
4051		  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
4052		  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
4053		return FALSE;
4054	    }
4055
4056	  if (htab->tlsdesc_plt
4057	      && (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_PLT, 0)
4058		  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_GOT, 0)))
4059	    return FALSE;
4060	}
4061
4062      if (relocs)
4063	{
4064	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
4065	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
4066	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, bed->s->sizeof_rela))
4067	    return FALSE;
4068
4069	  /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
4070	     then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
4071	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
4072	    elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf,
4073				    elf_x86_64_readonly_dynrelocs,
4074				    info);
4075
4076	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
4077	    {
4078	      if (htab->readonly_dynrelocs_against_ifunc)
4079		{
4080		  info->callbacks->einfo
4081		    (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic IFUNC relocations; recompile with -fPIC\n"));
4082		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4083		  return FALSE;
4084		}
4085
4086	      if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
4087		return FALSE;
4088	    }
4089	}
4090    }
4091#undef add_dynamic_entry
4092
4093  return TRUE;
4094}
4095
4096static bfd_boolean
4097elf_x86_64_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
4098				 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4099{
4100  asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
4101
4102  if (tls_sec)
4103    {
4104      struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase;
4105
4106      tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
4107				      "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_",
4108				      FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
4109
4110      if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS)
4111	{
4112	  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
4113	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
4114	  const struct elf_backend_data *bed
4115	    = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
4116
4117	  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
4118	  if (htab == NULL)
4119	    return FALSE;
4120
4121	  if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4122		(info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL,
4123		 tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE,
4124		 bed->collect, &bh)))
4125	    return FALSE;
4126
4127	  htab->tls_module_base = bh;
4128
4129	  tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh;
4130	  tlsbase->def_regular = 1;
4131	  tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN;
4132	  tlsbase->root.linker_def = 1;
4133	  (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE);
4134	}
4135    }
4136
4137  return TRUE;
4138}
4139
4140/* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking
4141   executables.  Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS
4142   section, we have to set it to the end.  This function may be called
4143   multiple times, it is idempotent.  */
4144
4145static void
4146elf_x86_64_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4147{
4148  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
4149  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base;
4150
4151  if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4152    return;
4153
4154  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
4155  if (htab == NULL)
4156    return;
4157
4158  base = htab->tls_module_base;
4159  if (base == NULL)
4160    return;
4161
4162  base->u.def.value = htab->elf.tls_size;
4163}
4164
4165/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
4166   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
4167   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
4168
4169static bfd_vma
4170elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4171{
4172  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
4173  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
4174    return 0;
4175  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
4176}
4177
4178/* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
4179   if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS.  */
4180
4181static bfd_vma
4182elf_x86_64_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
4183{
4184  struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
4185  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
4186  bfd_vma static_tls_size;
4187
4188  /* If tls_segment is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
4189  if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
4190    return 0;
4191
4192  /* Consider special static TLS alignment requirements.  */
4193  static_tls_size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->tls_size, bed->static_tls_alignment);
4194  return address - static_tls_size - htab->tls_sec->vma;
4195}
4196
4197/* Is the instruction before OFFSET in CONTENTS a 32bit relative
4198   branch?  */
4199
4200static bfd_boolean
4201is_32bit_relative_branch (bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
4202{
4203  /* Opcode		Instruction
4204     0xe8		call
4205     0xe9		jump
4206     0x0f 0x8x		conditional jump */
4207  return ((offset > 0
4208	   && (contents [offset - 1] == 0xe8
4209	       || contents [offset - 1] == 0xe9))
4210	  || (offset > 1
4211	      && contents [offset - 2] == 0x0f
4212	      && (contents [offset - 1] & 0xf0) == 0x80));
4213}
4214
4215/* Relocate an x86_64 ELF section.  */
4216
4217static bfd_boolean
4218elf_x86_64_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
4219			     struct bfd_link_info *info,
4220			     bfd *input_bfd,
4221			     asection *input_section,
4222			     bfd_byte *contents,
4223			     Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
4224			     Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
4225			     asection **local_sections)
4226{
4227  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
4228  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4229  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4230  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
4231  bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents;
4232  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
4233  Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
4234  Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
4235  const unsigned int plt_entry_size = GET_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (info->output_bfd);
4236
4237  BFD_ASSERT (is_x86_64_elf (input_bfd));
4238
4239  /* Skip if check_relocs failed.  */
4240  if (input_section->check_relocs_failed)
4241    return FALSE;
4242
4243  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
4244  if (htab == NULL)
4245    return FALSE;
4246  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
4247  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
4248  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
4249  local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_x86_64_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd);
4250
4251  elf_x86_64_set_tls_module_base (info);
4252
4253  rel = wrel = relocs;
4254  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
4255  for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
4256    {
4257      unsigned int r_type;
4258      reloc_howto_type *howto;
4259      unsigned long r_symndx;
4260      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4261      struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh;
4262      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4263      asection *sec;
4264      bfd_vma off, offplt, plt_offset;
4265      bfd_vma relocation;
4266      bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
4267      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
4268      int tls_type;
4269      asection *base_got, *resolved_plt;
4270      bfd_vma st_size;
4271      bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
4272
4273      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4274      if (r_type == (int) R_X86_64_GNU_VTINHERIT
4275	  || r_type == (int) R_X86_64_GNU_VTENTRY)
4276	{
4277	  if (wrel != rel)
4278	    *wrel = *rel;
4279	  continue;
4280	}
4281
4282      if (r_type >= (int) R_X86_64_standard)
4283	{
4284	  _bfd_error_handler
4285	    /* xgettext:c-format */
4286	    (_("%B: unrecognized relocation (0x%x) in section `%A'"),
4287	     input_bfd, input_section, r_type);
4288	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4289	  return FALSE;
4290	}
4291
4292      if (r_type != (int) R_X86_64_32
4293	  || ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4294	howto = x86_64_elf_howto_table + r_type;
4295      else
4296	howto = (x86_64_elf_howto_table
4297		 + ARRAY_SIZE (x86_64_elf_howto_table) - 1);
4298      r_symndx = htab->r_sym (rel->r_info);
4299      h = NULL;
4300      sym = NULL;
4301      sec = NULL;
4302      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4303      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4304	{
4305	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4306	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4307
4308	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym,
4309						&sec, rel);
4310	  st_size = sym->st_size;
4311
4312	  /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
4313	  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4314	      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4315	    {
4316	      h = elf_x86_64_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd,
4317						 rel, FALSE);
4318	      if (h == NULL)
4319		abort ();
4320
4321	      /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value.  */
4322	      h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
4323	      h->root.u.def.section = sec;
4324	    }
4325	}
4326      else
4327	{
4328	  bfd_boolean warned ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4329	  bfd_boolean ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4330
4331	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
4332				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
4333				   h, sec, relocation,
4334				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
4335	  st_size = h->size;
4336	}
4337
4338      if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4339	{
4340	  _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4341			       contents + rel->r_offset);
4342	  wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
4343	  wrel->r_info = 0;
4344	  wrel->r_addend = 0;
4345
4346	  /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
4347	     sections defined in discarded sections.  Not done for
4348	     eh_frame editing code expects to be present.  */
4349	   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4350	       && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
4351	     wrel--;
4352
4353	  continue;
4354	}
4355
4356      if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4357	{
4358	  if (wrel != rel)
4359	    *wrel = *rel;
4360	  continue;
4361	}
4362
4363      if (rel->r_addend == 0 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4364	{
4365	  if (r_type == R_X86_64_64)
4366	    {
4367	      /* For x32, treat R_X86_64_64 like R_X86_64_32 and
4368		 zero-extend it to 64bit if addend is zero.  */
4369	      r_type = R_X86_64_32;
4370	      memset (contents + rel->r_offset + 4, 0, 4);
4371	    }
4372	  else if (r_type == R_X86_64_SIZE64)
4373	    {
4374	      /* For x32, treat R_X86_64_SIZE64 like R_X86_64_SIZE32 and
4375		 zero-extend it to 64bit if addend is zero.  */
4376	      r_type = R_X86_64_SIZE32;
4377	      memset (contents + rel->r_offset + 4, 0, 4);
4378	    }
4379	}
4380
4381      eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
4382
4383      /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
4384	 it here if it is defined in a non-shared object.  */
4385      if (h != NULL
4386	  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4387	  && h->def_regular)
4388	{
4389	  bfd_vma plt_index;
4390	  const char *name;
4391
4392	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
4393	    {
4394	      /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4395		 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4396		 thus ld.so will not process them.  */
4397	      if ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
4398		continue;
4399	      abort ();
4400	    }
4401
4402	  switch (r_type)
4403	    {
4404	    default:
4405	      break;
4406
4407	    case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
4408	    case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
4409	    case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
4410	    case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
4411	      base_got = htab->elf.sgot;
4412	      off = h->got.offset;
4413
4414	      if (base_got == NULL)
4415		abort ();
4416
4417	      if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
4418		{
4419		  /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or
4420		     even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol
4421		     would use that as offset into .got.  */
4422
4423		  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4424		    abort ();
4425
4426		  if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
4427		    {
4428		      plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1;
4429		      off = (plt_index + 3) * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
4430		      base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt;
4431		    }
4432		  else
4433		    {
4434		      plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size;
4435		      off = plt_index * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
4436		      base_got = htab->elf.igotplt;
4437		    }
4438
4439		  if (h->dynindx == -1
4440		      || h->forced_local
4441		      || info->symbolic)
4442		    {
4443		      /* This references the local defitionion.  We must
4444			 initialize this entry in the global offset table.
4445			 Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8,
4446			 we use the least significant bit to record
4447			 whether we have initialized it already.
4448
4449			 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4450			 relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
4451			 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.	 */
4452		      if ((off & 1) != 0)
4453			off &= ~1;
4454		      else
4455			{
4456			  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation,
4457				      base_got->contents + off);
4458			  /* Note that this is harmless for the GOTPLT64
4459			     case, as -1 | 1 still is -1.  */
4460			  h->got.offset |= 1;
4461			}
4462		    }
4463		}
4464
4465	      relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma
4466			    + base_got->output_offset + off);
4467
4468	      goto do_relocation;
4469	    }
4470
4471	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4472	    {
4473	      /* Handle static pointers of STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
4474	      if (r_type == htab->pointer_r_type
4475		  && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
4476		goto do_ifunc_pointer;
4477	      goto bad_ifunc_reloc;
4478	    }
4479
4480	  /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT.  */
4481	  if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
4482	    {
4483	      if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL)
4484		{
4485		  resolved_plt = htab->plt_bnd;
4486		  plt_offset = eh->plt_bnd.offset;
4487		}
4488	      else
4489		{
4490		  resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt;
4491		  plt_offset =  h->plt.offset;
4492		}
4493	    }
4494	  else
4495	    {
4496	      resolved_plt = htab->elf.iplt;
4497	      plt_offset =  h->plt.offset;
4498	    }
4499
4500	  relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma
4501			+ resolved_plt->output_offset + plt_offset);
4502
4503	  switch (r_type)
4504	    {
4505	    default:
4506bad_ifunc_reloc:
4507	      if (h->root.root.string)
4508		name = h->root.root.string;
4509	      else
4510		name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
4511					 NULL);
4512	      _bfd_error_handler
4513		/* xgettext:c-format */
4514		(_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
4515		   "symbol `%s' isn't supported"), input_bfd,
4516		 howto->name, name);
4517	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4518	      return FALSE;
4519
4520	    case R_X86_64_32S:
4521	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4522		abort ();
4523	      goto do_relocation;
4524
4525	    case R_X86_64_32:
4526	      if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4527		goto do_relocation;
4528	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
4529	    case R_X86_64_64:
4530do_ifunc_pointer:
4531	      if (rel->r_addend != 0)
4532		{
4533		  if (h->root.root.string)
4534		    name = h->root.root.string;
4535		  else
4536		    name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
4537					     sym, NULL);
4538		  _bfd_error_handler
4539		    /* xgettext:c-format */
4540		    (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
4541		       "symbol `%s' has non-zero addend: %d"),
4542		     input_bfd, howto->name, name, rel->r_addend);
4543		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4544		  return FALSE;
4545		}
4546
4547	      /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a
4548		 non-GOT reference in a shared object or there is no
4549		 PLT.  */
4550	      if ((bfd_link_pic (info) && h->non_got_ref)
4551		  || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4552		{
4553		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4554		  asection *sreloc;
4555
4556		  /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function
4557		     address.  */
4558		  outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd,
4559							     info,
4560							     input_section,
4561							     rel->r_offset);
4562		  if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4563		      || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4564		    abort ();
4565
4566		  outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4567				      + input_section->output_offset);
4568
4569		  if (h->dynindx == -1
4570		      || h->forced_local
4571		      || bfd_link_executable (info))
4572		    {
4573		      /* This symbol is resolved locally.  */
4574		      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_IRELATIVE);
4575		      outrel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
4576					 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
4577					 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
4578		    }
4579		  else
4580		    {
4581		      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, r_type);
4582		      outrel.r_addend = 0;
4583		    }
4584
4585		  /* Dynamic relocations are stored in
4586		     1. .rela.ifunc section in PIC object.
4587		     2. .rela.got section in dynamic executable.
4588		     3. .rela.iplt section in static executable.  */
4589		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4590		    sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc;
4591		  else if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
4592		    sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
4593		  else
4594		    sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
4595		  elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
4596
4597		  /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we
4598		     do not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise,
4599		     we need to include the symbol value so that it
4600		     becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc.  For an
4601		     internal symbol, we have updated addend.  */
4602		  continue;
4603		}
4604	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
4605	    case R_X86_64_PC32:
4606	    case R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
4607	    case R_X86_64_PC64:
4608	    case R_X86_64_PLT32:
4609	    case R_X86_64_PLT32_BND:
4610	      goto do_relocation;
4611	    }
4612	}
4613
4614      resolved_to_zero = (eh != NULL
4615			  && UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info,
4616							      eh->has_got_reloc,
4617							      eh));
4618
4619      /* When generating a shared object, the relocations handled here are
4620	 copied into the output file to be resolved at run time.  */
4621      switch (r_type)
4622	{
4623	case R_X86_64_GOT32:
4624	case R_X86_64_GOT64:
4625	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4626	     offset table.  */
4627	case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
4628	case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
4629	case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
4630	case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64:
4631	  /* Use global offset table entry as symbol value.  */
4632	case R_X86_64_GOTPLT64:
4633	  /* This is obsolete and treated the the same as GOT64.  */
4634	  base_got = htab->elf.sgot;
4635
4636	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
4637	    abort ();
4638
4639	  if (h != NULL)
4640	    {
4641	      bfd_boolean dyn;
4642
4643	      off = h->got.offset;
4644	      if (h->needs_plt
4645		  && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma)-1
4646		  && off == (bfd_vma)-1)
4647		{
4648		  /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save
4649		     state, or even just remember the offset, as
4650		     finish_dynamic_symbol would use that as offset into
4651		     .got.  */
4652		  bfd_vma plt_index = h->plt.offset / plt_entry_size - 1;
4653		  off = (plt_index + 3) * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
4654		  base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt;
4655		}
4656
4657	      dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
4658
4659	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h)
4660		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4661		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4662		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4663		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4664		{
4665		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic
4666		     link and the symbol is defined locally, or the symbol
4667		     was forced to be local because of a version file.	We
4668		     must initialize this entry in the global offset table.
4669		     Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8, we
4670		     use the least significant bit to record whether we
4671		     have initialized it already.
4672
4673		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4674		     relocation entry to initialize the value.	This is
4675		     done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.	 */
4676		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
4677		    off &= ~1;
4678		  else
4679		    {
4680		      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation,
4681				  base_got->contents + off);
4682		      /* Note that this is harmless for the GOTPLT64 case,
4683			 as -1 | 1 still is -1.  */
4684		      h->got.offset |= 1;
4685		    }
4686		}
4687	      else
4688		unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4689	    }
4690	  else
4691	    {
4692	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
4693		abort ();
4694
4695	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4696
4697	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8.  We use
4698		 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4699		 already generated the necessary reloc.	 */
4700	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
4701		off &= ~1;
4702	      else
4703		{
4704		  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation,
4705			      base_got->contents + off);
4706
4707		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4708		    {
4709		      asection *s;
4710		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4711
4712		      /* We need to generate a R_X86_64_RELATIVE reloc
4713			 for the dynamic linker.  */
4714		      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
4715		      if (s == NULL)
4716			abort ();
4717
4718		      outrel.r_offset = (base_got->output_section->vma
4719					 + base_got->output_offset
4720					 + off);
4721		      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_RELATIVE);
4722		      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4723		      elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &outrel);
4724		    }
4725
4726		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4727		}
4728	    }
4729
4730	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
4731	    abort ();
4732
4733	  relocation = base_got->output_section->vma
4734		       + base_got->output_offset + off;
4735	  if (r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCREL
4736	      && r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX
4737	      && r_type != R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX
4738	      && r_type != R_X86_64_GOTPCREL64)
4739	    relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4740			  - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
4741
4742	  break;
4743
4744	case R_X86_64_GOTOFF64:
4745	  /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset
4746	     table.  */
4747
4748	  /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function or data
4749	     symbol for shared library since it may not be local when
4750	     used as function address or with copy relocation.  We also
4751	     need to make sure that a symbol is referenced locally.  */
4752	  if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h)
4753	    {
4754	      if (!h->def_regular)
4755		{
4756		  const char *v;
4757
4758		  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
4759		    {
4760		    case STV_HIDDEN:
4761		      v = _("hidden symbol");
4762		      break;
4763		    case STV_INTERNAL:
4764		      v = _("internal symbol");
4765		      break;
4766		    case STV_PROTECTED:
4767		      v = _("protected symbol");
4768		      break;
4769		    default:
4770		      v = _("symbol");
4771		      break;
4772		    }
4773
4774		  _bfd_error_handler
4775		    /* xgettext:c-format */
4776		    (_("%B: relocation R_X86_64_GOTOFF64 against undefined %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
4777		     input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string);
4778		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4779		  return FALSE;
4780		}
4781	      else if (!bfd_link_executable (info)
4782		       && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
4783		       && (h->type == STT_FUNC
4784			   || h->type == STT_OBJECT)
4785		       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED)
4786		{
4787		  _bfd_error_handler
4788	      /* xgettext:c-format */
4789		    (_("%B: relocation R_X86_64_GOTOFF64 against protected %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
4790		     input_bfd,
4791		     h->type == STT_FUNC ? "function" : "data",
4792		     h->root.root.string);
4793		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4794	      return FALSE;
4795		}
4796	    }
4797
4798	  /* Note that sgot is not involved in this
4799	     calculation.  We always want the start of .got.plt.  If we
4800	     defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is
4801	     permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this
4802	     calculation.  */
4803	  relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4804			+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
4805	  break;
4806
4807	case R_X86_64_GOTPC32:
4808	case R_X86_64_GOTPC64:
4809	  /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
4810	  relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4811		       + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
4812	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4813	  break;
4814
4815	case R_X86_64_PLTOFF64:
4816	  /* Relocation is PLT entry relative to GOT.  For local
4817	     symbols it's the symbol itself relative to GOT.  */
4818	  if (h != NULL
4819	      /* See PLT32 handling.  */
4820	      && (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
4821		  || eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4822	      && htab->elf.splt != NULL)
4823	    {
4824	      if (eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4825		{
4826		  /* Use the GOT PLT.  */
4827		  resolved_plt = htab->plt_got;
4828		  plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset;
4829		}
4830	      else if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL)
4831		{
4832		  resolved_plt = htab->plt_bnd;
4833		  plt_offset = eh->plt_bnd.offset;
4834		}
4835	      else
4836		{
4837		  resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt;
4838		  plt_offset = h->plt.offset;
4839		}
4840
4841	      relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma
4842			    + resolved_plt->output_offset
4843			    + plt_offset);
4844	      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4845	    }
4846
4847	  relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
4848			+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
4849	  break;
4850
4851	case R_X86_64_PLT32:
4852	case R_X86_64_PLT32_BND:
4853	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4854	     procedure linkage table.  */
4855
4856	  /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly,
4857	     without using the procedure linkage table.	 */
4858	  if (h == NULL)
4859	    break;
4860
4861	  if ((h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4862	       && eh->plt_got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4863	      || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
4864	    {
4865	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
4866		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4867		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
4868	      break;
4869	    }
4870
4871	  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4872	    {
4873	      if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL)
4874		{
4875		  resolved_plt = htab->plt_bnd;
4876		  plt_offset = eh->plt_bnd.offset;
4877		}
4878	      else
4879		{
4880		  resolved_plt = htab->elf.splt;
4881		  plt_offset = h->plt.offset;
4882		}
4883	    }
4884	  else
4885	    {
4886	      /* Use the GOT PLT.  */
4887	      resolved_plt = htab->plt_got;
4888	      plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset;
4889	    }
4890
4891	  relocation = (resolved_plt->output_section->vma
4892			+ resolved_plt->output_offset
4893			+ plt_offset);
4894	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
4895	  break;
4896
4897	case R_X86_64_SIZE32:
4898	case R_X86_64_SIZE64:
4899	  /* Set to symbol size.  */
4900	  relocation = st_size;
4901	  goto direct;
4902
4903	case R_X86_64_PC8:
4904	case R_X86_64_PC16:
4905	case R_X86_64_PC32:
4906	case R_X86_64_PC32_BND:
4907	  /* Don't complain about -fPIC if the symbol is undefined when
4908	     building executable unless it is unresolved weak symbol.  */
4909          if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4910	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
4911	      && h != NULL
4912	      && ((bfd_link_executable (info)
4913		  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4914		  && !resolved_to_zero)
4915		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4916		      && !(bfd_link_pie (info)
4917			   && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
4918	    {
4919	      bfd_boolean fail = FALSE;
4920	      bfd_boolean branch
4921		= ((r_type == R_X86_64_PC32
4922		    || r_type == R_X86_64_PC32_BND)
4923		   && is_32bit_relative_branch (contents, rel->r_offset));
4924
4925	      if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4926		{
4927		  /* Symbol is referenced locally.  Make sure it is
4928		     defined locally or for a branch.  */
4929		  fail = (!(h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
4930			  && !branch);
4931		}
4932	      else if (!(bfd_link_pie (info)
4933			 && (h->needs_copy || eh->needs_copy)))
4934		{
4935		  /* Symbol doesn't need copy reloc and isn't referenced
4936		     locally.  We only allow branch to symbol with
4937		     non-default visibility. */
4938		  fail = (!branch
4939			  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT);
4940		}
4941
4942	      if (fail)
4943		return elf_x86_64_need_pic (input_bfd, input_section,
4944					    h, NULL, NULL, howto);
4945	    }
4946	  /* Fall through.  */
4947
4948	case R_X86_64_8:
4949	case R_X86_64_16:
4950	case R_X86_64_32:
4951	case R_X86_64_PC64:
4952	case R_X86_64_64:
4953	  /* FIXME: The ABI says the linker should make sure the value is
4954	     the same when it's zeroextended to 64 bit.	 */
4955
4956direct:
4957	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
4958	    break;
4959
4960	   /* Don't copy a pc-relative relocation into the output file
4961	      if the symbol needs copy reloc or the symbol is undefined
4962	      when building executable.  Copy dynamic function pointer
4963	      relocations.  Don't generate dynamic relocations against
4964	      resolved undefined weak symbols in PIE.  */
4965	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
4966	       && !(bfd_link_pie (info)
4967		    && h != NULL
4968		    && (h->needs_copy
4969			|| eh->needs_copy
4970			|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
4971		    && (IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type)
4972			|| r_type == R_X86_64_SIZE32
4973			|| r_type == R_X86_64_SIZE64))
4974	       && (h == NULL
4975		   || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4976			&& !resolved_to_zero)
4977		       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4978	       && ((! IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type)
4979		      && r_type != R_X86_64_SIZE32
4980		      && r_type != R_X86_64_SIZE64)
4981		   || ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4982	      || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4983		  && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4984		  && h != NULL
4985		  && h->dynindx != -1
4986		  && (!h->non_got_ref
4987		      || eh->func_pointer_refcount > 0
4988		      || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4989			  && !resolved_to_zero))
4990		  && ((h->def_dynamic && !h->def_regular)
4991		      /* Undefined weak symbol is bound locally when
4992			 PIC is false.  */
4993		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
4994	    {
4995	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4996	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4997	      asection *sreloc;
4998
4999	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
5000		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
5001		 time.	*/
5002	      skip = FALSE;
5003	      relocate = FALSE;
5004
5005	      outrel.r_offset =
5006		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
5007					 rel->r_offset);
5008	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
5009		skip = TRUE;
5010	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
5011		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
5012
5013	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
5014				  + input_section->output_offset);
5015
5016	      if (skip)
5017		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
5018
5019	      /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
5020		 become local.  */
5021	      else if (h != NULL
5022		       && h->dynindx != -1
5023		       && (IS_X86_64_PCREL_TYPE (r_type)
5024			   || !(bfd_link_executable (info)
5025				|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h))
5026			   || ! h->def_regular))
5027		{
5028		  outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, r_type);
5029		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
5030		}
5031	      else
5032		{
5033		  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.
5034		     When relocation overflow check is disabled, we
5035		     convert R_X86_64_32 to dynamic R_X86_64_RELATIVE.  */
5036		  if (r_type == htab->pointer_r_type
5037		      || (r_type == R_X86_64_32
5038			  && info->no_reloc_overflow_check))
5039		    {
5040		      relocate = TRUE;
5041		      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_RELATIVE);
5042		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
5043		    }
5044		  else if (r_type == R_X86_64_64
5045			   && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5046		    {
5047		      relocate = TRUE;
5048		      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0,
5049						    R_X86_64_RELATIVE64);
5050		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
5051		      /* Check addend overflow.  */
5052		      if ((outrel.r_addend & 0x80000000)
5053			  != (rel->r_addend & 0x80000000))
5054			{
5055			  const char *name;
5056			  int addend = rel->r_addend;
5057			  if (h && h->root.root.string)
5058			    name = h->root.root.string;
5059			  else
5060			    name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5061						     sym, NULL);
5062			  if (addend < 0)
5063			    _bfd_error_handler
5064			      /* xgettext:c-format */
5065			      (_("%B: addend -0x%x in relocation %s against "
5066				 "symbol `%s' at 0x%lx in section `%A' is "
5067				 "out of range"),
5068			       input_bfd, input_section, addend,
5069			       howto->name, name,
5070			       (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5071			  else
5072			    _bfd_error_handler
5073			      /* xgettext:c-format */
5074			      (_("%B: addend 0x%x in relocation %s against "
5075				 "symbol `%s' at 0x%lx in section `%A' is "
5076				 "out of range"),
5077			       input_bfd, input_section, addend,
5078			       howto->name, name,
5079			       (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
5080			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5081			  return FALSE;
5082			}
5083		    }
5084		  else
5085		    {
5086		      long sindx;
5087
5088		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
5089			sindx = 0;
5090		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
5091			{
5092			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5093			  return FALSE;
5094			}
5095		      else
5096			{
5097			  asection *osec;
5098
5099			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
5100			     against a section symbol.  It would be
5101			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
5102			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
5103			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
5104			  osec = sec->output_section;
5105			  sindx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
5106			  if (sindx == 0)
5107			    {
5108			      asection *oi = htab->elf.text_index_section;
5109			      sindx = elf_section_data (oi)->dynindx;
5110			    }
5111			  BFD_ASSERT (sindx != 0);
5112			}
5113
5114		      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (sindx, r_type);
5115		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
5116		    }
5117		}
5118
5119	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
5120
5121	      if (sreloc == NULL || sreloc->contents == NULL)
5122		{
5123		  r = bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5124		  goto check_relocation_error;
5125		}
5126
5127	      elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
5128
5129	      /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
5130		 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
5131		 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
5132		 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
5133	      if (! relocate)
5134		continue;
5135	    }
5136
5137	  break;
5138
5139	case R_X86_64_TLSGD:
5140	case R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC:
5141	case R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL:
5142	case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF:
5143	  tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5144	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5145	    tls_type = elf_x86_64_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5146	  else if (h != NULL)
5147	    tls_type = elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type;
5148
5149	  if (! elf_x86_64_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
5150					   input_section, contents,
5151					   symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
5152					   &r_type, tls_type, rel,
5153					   relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE))
5154	    return FALSE;
5155
5156	  if (r_type == R_X86_64_TPOFF32)
5157	    {
5158	      bfd_vma roff = rel->r_offset;
5159
5160	      BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
5161
5162	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_TLSGD)
5163		{
5164		  /* GD->LE transition.  For 64bit, change
5165			.byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5166			.word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
5167		     or
5168			.byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5169			.byte 0x66; rex64
5170			call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
5171			which may be converted to
5172			addr32 call __tls_get_addr
5173		     into:
5174			movq %fs:0, %rax
5175			leaq foo@tpoff(%rax), %rax
5176		     For 32bit, change
5177			leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5178			.word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
5179		     or
5180			leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5181			.byte 0x66; rex64
5182			call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
5183			which may be converted to
5184			addr32 call __tls_get_addr
5185		     into:
5186			movl %fs:0, %eax
5187			leaq foo@tpoff(%rax), %rax
5188		     For largepic, change:
5189			leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5190			movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax
5191			addq %r15, %rax
5192			call *%rax
5193		     into:
5194			movq %fs:0, %rax
5195			leaq foo@tpoff(%rax), %rax
5196			nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1)  */
5197		  int largepic = 0;
5198		  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5199		    {
5200		      if (contents[roff + 5] == 0xb8)
5201			{
5202			  memcpy (contents + roff - 3,
5203				  "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80"
5204				  "\0\0\0\0\x66\x0f\x1f\x44\0", 22);
5205			  largepic = 1;
5206			}
5207		      else
5208			memcpy (contents + roff - 4,
5209				"\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80\0\0\0",
5210				16);
5211		    }
5212		  else
5213		    memcpy (contents + roff - 3,
5214			    "\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x8d\x80\0\0\0",
5215			    15);
5216		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5217			      elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation),
5218			      contents + roff + 8 + largepic);
5219		  /* Skip R_X86_64_PC32, R_X86_64_PLT32,
5220		     R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX and R_X86_64_PLTOFF64.  */
5221		  rel++;
5222		  wrel++;
5223		  continue;
5224		}
5225	      else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC)
5226		{
5227		  /* GDesc -> LE transition.
5228		     It's originally something like:
5229		     leaq x@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax
5230
5231		     Change it to:
5232		     movl $x@tpoff, %rax.  */
5233
5234		  unsigned int val, type;
5235
5236		  type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 3);
5237		  val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1);
5238		  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x48 | ((type >> 2) & 1),
5239			     contents + roff - 3);
5240		  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7, contents + roff - 2);
5241		  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
5242			     contents + roff - 1);
5243		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5244			      elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation),
5245			      contents + roff);
5246		  continue;
5247		}
5248	      else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL)
5249		{
5250		  /* GDesc -> LE transition.
5251		     It's originally:
5252		     call *(%rax)
5253		     Turn it into:
5254		     xchg %ax,%ax.  */
5255		  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
5256		  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
5257		  continue;
5258		}
5259	      else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF)
5260		{
5261		  /* IE->LE transition:
5262		     For 64bit, originally it can be one of:
5263		     movq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg
5264		     addq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg
5265		     We change it into:
5266		     movq $foo, %reg
5267		     leaq foo(%reg), %reg
5268		     addq $foo, %reg.
5269		     For 32bit, originally it can be one of:
5270		     movq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg
5271		     addl foo@gottpoff(%rip), %reg
5272		     We change it into:
5273		     movq $foo, %reg
5274		     leal foo(%reg), %reg
5275		     addl $foo, %reg. */
5276
5277		  unsigned int val, type, reg;
5278
5279		  if (roff >= 3)
5280		    val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 3);
5281		  else
5282		    val = 0;
5283		  type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 2);
5284		  reg = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1);
5285		  reg >>= 3;
5286		  if (type == 0x8b)
5287		    {
5288		      /* movq */
5289		      if (val == 0x4c)
5290			bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x49,
5291				   contents + roff - 3);
5292		      else if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd) && val == 0x44)
5293			bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x41,
5294				   contents + roff - 3);
5295		      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
5296				 contents + roff - 2);
5297		      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | reg,
5298				 contents + roff - 1);
5299		    }
5300		  else if (reg == 4)
5301		    {
5302		      /* addq/addl -> addq/addl - addressing with %rsp/%r12
5303			 is special  */
5304		      if (val == 0x4c)
5305			bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x49,
5306				   contents + roff - 3);
5307		      else if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd) && val == 0x44)
5308			bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x41,
5309				   contents + roff - 3);
5310		      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
5311				 contents + roff - 2);
5312		      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | reg,
5313				 contents + roff - 1);
5314		    }
5315		  else
5316		    {
5317		      /* addq/addl -> leaq/leal */
5318		      if (val == 0x4c)
5319			bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x4d,
5320				   contents + roff - 3);
5321		      else if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd) && val == 0x44)
5322			bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x45,
5323				   contents + roff - 3);
5324		      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8d,
5325				 contents + roff - 2);
5326		      bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x80 | reg | (reg << 3),
5327				 contents + roff - 1);
5328		    }
5329		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5330			      elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation),
5331			      contents + roff);
5332		  continue;
5333		}
5334	      else
5335		BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
5336	    }
5337
5338	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
5339	    abort ();
5340
5341	  if (h != NULL)
5342	    {
5343	      off = h->got.offset;
5344	      offplt = elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got;
5345	    }
5346	  else
5347	    {
5348	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5349		abort ();
5350
5351	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5352	      offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx];
5353	    }
5354
5355	  if ((off & 1) != 0)
5356	    off &= ~1;
5357	  else
5358	    {
5359	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5360	      int dr_type, indx;
5361	      asection *sreloc;
5362
5363	      if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
5364		abort ();
5365
5366	      indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
5367
5368	      if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
5369		{
5370		  outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (indx, R_X86_64_TLSDESC);
5371		  BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt
5372			      + 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size);
5373		  outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
5374				     + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
5375				     + offplt
5376				     + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
5377		  sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt;
5378		  if (indx == 0)
5379		    outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info);
5380		  else
5381		    outrel.r_addend = 0;
5382		  elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
5383		}
5384
5385	      sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
5386
5387	      outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5388				 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
5389
5390	      if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
5391		dr_type = R_X86_64_DTPMOD64;
5392	      else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
5393		goto dr_done;
5394	      else
5395		dr_type = R_X86_64_TPOFF64;
5396
5397	      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
5398	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5399	      if ((dr_type == R_X86_64_TPOFF64
5400		   || dr_type == R_X86_64_TLSDESC) && indx == 0)
5401		outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info);
5402	      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (indx, dr_type);
5403
5404	      elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
5405
5406	      if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
5407		{
5408		  if (indx == 0)
5409		    {
5410		      BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
5411		      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd,
5412				  relocation - elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info),
5413				  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
5414		    }
5415		  else
5416		    {
5417		      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0,
5418				  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
5419		      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (indx,
5420						    R_X86_64_DTPOFF64);
5421		      outrel.r_offset += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
5422		      elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc,
5423						&outrel);
5424		    }
5425		}
5426
5427	    dr_done:
5428	      if (h != NULL)
5429		h->got.offset |= 1;
5430	      else
5431		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5432	    }
5433
5434	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2
5435	      && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
5436	    abort ();
5437	  if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5438	    {
5439	      if (r_type == R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC
5440		  || r_type == R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL)
5441		relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
5442		  + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
5443		  + offplt + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size;
5444	      else
5445		relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5446		  + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off;
5447	      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
5448	    }
5449	  else
5450	    {
5451	      bfd_vma roff = rel->r_offset;
5452
5453	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_TLSGD)
5454		{
5455		  /* GD->IE transition.  For 64bit, change
5456			.byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5457			.word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
5458		     or
5459			.byte 0x66; leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5460			.byte 0x66; rex64
5461			call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip
5462			which may be converted to
5463			addr32 call __tls_get_addr
5464		     into:
5465			movq %fs:0, %rax
5466			addq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %rax
5467		     For 32bit, change
5468			leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5469			.word 0x6666; rex64; call __tls_get_addr@PLT
5470		     or
5471			leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5472			.byte 0x66; rex64;
5473			call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
5474			which may be converted to
5475			addr32 call __tls_get_addr
5476		     into:
5477			movl %fs:0, %eax
5478			addq foo@gottpoff(%rip), %rax
5479		     For largepic, change:
5480			leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5481			movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax
5482			addq %r15, %rax
5483			call *%rax
5484		     into:
5485			movq %fs:0, %rax
5486			addq foo@gottpoff(%rax), %rax
5487			nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1)  */
5488		  int largepic = 0;
5489		  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5490		    {
5491		      if (contents[roff + 5] == 0xb8)
5492			{
5493			  memcpy (contents + roff - 3,
5494				  "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05"
5495				  "\0\0\0\0\x66\x0f\x1f\x44\0", 22);
5496			  largepic = 1;
5497			}
5498		      else
5499			memcpy (contents + roff - 4,
5500				"\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05\0\0\0",
5501				16);
5502		    }
5503		  else
5504		    memcpy (contents + roff - 3,
5505			    "\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0\0\x48\x03\x05\0\0\0",
5506			    15);
5507
5508		  relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5509				+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
5510				- roff
5511				- largepic
5512				- input_section->output_section->vma
5513				- input_section->output_offset
5514				- 12);
5515		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5516			      contents + roff + 8 + largepic);
5517		  /* Skip R_X86_64_PLT32/R_X86_64_PLTOFF64.  */
5518		  rel++;
5519		  wrel++;
5520		  continue;
5521		}
5522	      else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_GOTPC32_TLSDESC)
5523		{
5524		  /* GDesc -> IE transition.
5525		     It's originally something like:
5526		     leaq x@tlsdesc(%rip), %rax
5527
5528		     Change it to:
5529		     movq x@gottpoff(%rip), %rax # before xchg %ax,%ax.  */
5530
5531		  /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. To
5532		     turn a leaq into a movq in the form we use it, it
5533		     suffices to change the second byte from 0x8d to
5534		     0x8b.  */
5535		  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2);
5536
5537		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5538			      htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5539			      + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
5540			      - rel->r_offset
5541			      - input_section->output_section->vma
5542			      - input_section->output_offset
5543			      - 4,
5544			      contents + roff);
5545		  continue;
5546		}
5547	      else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_X86_64_TLSDESC_CALL)
5548		{
5549		  /* GDesc -> IE transition.
5550		     It's originally:
5551		     call *(%rax)
5552
5553		     Change it to:
5554		     xchg %ax, %ax.  */
5555
5556		  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
5557		  bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
5558		  continue;
5559		}
5560	      else
5561		BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
5562	    }
5563	  break;
5564
5565	case R_X86_64_TLSLD:
5566	  if (! elf_x86_64_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
5567					   input_section, contents,
5568					   symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
5569					   &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel,
5570					   relend, h, r_symndx, TRUE))
5571	    return FALSE;
5572
5573	  if (r_type != R_X86_64_TLSLD)
5574	    {
5575	      /* LD->LE transition:
5576			leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi
5577			call __tls_get_addr@PLT
5578		 For 64bit, we change it into:
5579			.word 0x6666; .byte 0x66; movq %fs:0, %rax
5580		 For 32bit, we change it into:
5581			nopl 0x0(%rax); movl %fs:0, %eax
5582		 Or
5583			leaq foo@tlsld(%rip), %rdi;
5584			call *__tls_get_addr@GOTPCREL(%rip)
5585			which may be converted to
5586			addr32 call __tls_get_addr
5587		 For 64bit, we change it into:
5588			.word 0x6666; .word 0x6666; movq %fs:0, %rax
5589		 For 32bit, we change it into:
5590			nopw 0x0(%rax); movl %fs:0, %eax
5591		 For largepic, change:
5592			leaq foo@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
5593			movabsq $__tls_get_addr@pltoff, %rax
5594			addq %rbx, %rax
5595			call *%rax
5596		 into
5597			data16 data16 data16 nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)
5598			movq %fs:0, %eax  */
5599
5600	      BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_X86_64_TPOFF32);
5601	      if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5602		{
5603		  if (contents[rel->r_offset + 5] == 0xb8)
5604		    memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
5605			    "\x66\x66\x66\x66\x2e\x0f\x1f\x84\0\0\0\0\0"
5606			    "\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0", 22);
5607		  else if (contents[rel->r_offset + 4] == 0xff
5608			   || contents[rel->r_offset + 4] == 0x67)
5609		    memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
5610			    "\x66\x66\x66\x66\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0",
5611			    13);
5612		  else
5613		    memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
5614			    "\x66\x66\x66\x64\x48\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0", 12);
5615		}
5616	      else
5617		{
5618		  if (contents[rel->r_offset + 4] == 0xff)
5619		    memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
5620			    "\x66\x0f\x1f\x40\x00\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0",
5621			    13);
5622		  else
5623		    memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
5624			    "\x0f\x1f\x40\x00\x64\x8b\x04\x25\0\0\0", 12);
5625		}
5626	      /* Skip R_X86_64_PC32, R_X86_64_PLT32, R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX
5627		 and R_X86_64_PLTOFF64.  */
5628	      rel++;
5629	      wrel++;
5630	      continue;
5631	    }
5632
5633	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
5634	    abort ();
5635
5636	  off = htab->tls_ld_got.offset;
5637	  if (off & 1)
5638	    off &= ~1;
5639	  else
5640	    {
5641	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5642
5643	      if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
5644		abort ();
5645
5646	      outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5647				 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
5648
5649	      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0,
5650			  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
5651	      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 0,
5652			  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
5653	      outrel.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_DTPMOD64);
5654	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5655	      elf_append_rela (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot,
5656					&outrel);
5657	      htab->tls_ld_got.offset |= 1;
5658	    }
5659	  relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
5660		       + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off;
5661	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
5662	  break;
5663
5664	case R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
5665	  if (!bfd_link_executable (info)
5666	      || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
5667	    relocation -= elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info);
5668	  else
5669	    relocation = elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation);
5670	  break;
5671
5672	case R_X86_64_TPOFF32:
5673	case R_X86_64_TPOFF64:
5674	  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_executable (info));
5675	  relocation = elf_x86_64_tpoff (info, relocation);
5676	  break;
5677
5678	case R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
5679	  BFD_ASSERT ((input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0);
5680	  relocation -= elf_x86_64_dtpoff_base (info);
5681	  break;
5682
5683	default:
5684	  break;
5685	}
5686
5687      /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
5688	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
5689	 not process them.  */
5690      if (unresolved_reloc
5691	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
5692	       && h->def_dynamic)
5693	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
5694				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
5695	{
5696	  _bfd_error_handler
5697	    /* xgettext:c-format */
5698	    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
5699	     input_bfd,
5700	     input_section,
5701	     (long) rel->r_offset,
5702	     howto->name,
5703	     h->root.root.string);
5704	  return FALSE;
5705	}
5706
5707do_relocation:
5708      r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
5709				    contents, rel->r_offset,
5710				    relocation, rel->r_addend);
5711
5712check_relocation_error:
5713      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5714	{
5715	  const char *name;
5716
5717	  if (h != NULL)
5718	    name = h->root.root.string;
5719	  else
5720	    {
5721	      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5722						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5723						      sym->st_name);
5724	      if (name == NULL)
5725		return FALSE;
5726	      if (*name == '\0')
5727		name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5728	    }
5729
5730	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
5731	    (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5732	      (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5733	       (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5734	  else
5735	    {
5736	      _bfd_error_handler
5737		/* xgettext:c-format */
5738		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
5739		 input_bfd, input_section,
5740		 (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
5741	      return FALSE;
5742	    }
5743	}
5744
5745      if (wrel != rel)
5746	*wrel = *rel;
5747    }
5748
5749  if (wrel != rel)
5750    {
5751      Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
5752      size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
5753
5754      rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
5755      rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
5756      if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
5757	{
5758	  /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section.  Leave
5759	     one NONE reloc.
5760	     ??? What is wrong with an empty section???  */
5761	  rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
5762	  deleted -= 1;
5763	}
5764      rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
5765      rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
5766      input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
5767    }
5768
5769  return TRUE;
5770}
5771
5772/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
5773   dynamic sections here.  */
5774
5775static bfd_boolean
5776elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
5777				  struct bfd_link_info *info,
5778				  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5779				  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5780{
5781  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
5782  const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *abed;
5783  bfd_boolean use_plt_bnd;
5784  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *eh;
5785  bfd_boolean local_undefweak;
5786
5787  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
5788  if (htab == NULL)
5789    return FALSE;
5790
5791  /* Use MPX backend data in case of BND relocation.  Use .plt_bnd
5792     section only if there is .plt section.  */
5793  use_plt_bnd = htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->plt_bnd != NULL;
5794  abed = (use_plt_bnd
5795	  ? &elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed
5796	  : get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (output_bfd));
5797
5798  eh = (struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_entry *) h;
5799
5800  /* We keep PLT/GOT entries without dynamic PLT/GOT relocations for
5801     resolved undefined weak symbols in executable so that their
5802     references have value 0 at run-time.  */
5803  local_undefweak = UNDEFINED_WEAK_RESOLVED_TO_ZERO (info,
5804						     eh->has_got_reloc,
5805						     eh);
5806
5807  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
5808    {
5809      bfd_vma plt_index;
5810      bfd_vma got_offset, plt_offset, plt_plt_offset, plt_got_offset;
5811      bfd_vma plt_plt_insn_end, plt_got_insn_size;
5812      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
5813      bfd_byte *loc;
5814      asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt, *resolved_plt;
5815      const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5816      bfd_vma plt_got_pcrel_offset;
5817
5818      /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and
5819	 .rela.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
5820      if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
5821	{
5822	  plt = htab->elf.splt;
5823	  gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
5824	  relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
5825	}
5826      else
5827	{
5828	  plt = htab->elf.iplt;
5829	  gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
5830	  relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
5831	}
5832
5833      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
5834	 it up.	 */
5835      if ((h->dynindx == -1
5836	   && !local_undefweak
5837	   && !((h->forced_local || bfd_link_executable (info))
5838		&& h->def_regular
5839		&& h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
5840	  || plt == NULL
5841	  || gotplt == NULL
5842	  || relplt == NULL)
5843	abort ();
5844
5845      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
5846	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
5847	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
5848	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.
5849
5850	 Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
5851	 corresponds to this function.	Each .got entry is GOT_ENTRY_SIZE
5852	 bytes. The first three are reserved for the dynamic linker.
5853
5854	 For static executables, we don't reserve anything.  */
5855
5856      if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
5857	{
5858	  got_offset = h->plt.offset / abed->plt_entry_size - 1;
5859	  got_offset = (got_offset + 3) * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
5860	}
5861      else
5862	{
5863	  got_offset = h->plt.offset / abed->plt_entry_size;
5864	  got_offset = got_offset * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
5865	}
5866
5867      plt_plt_insn_end = abed->plt_plt_insn_end;
5868      plt_plt_offset = abed->plt_plt_offset;
5869      plt_got_insn_size = abed->plt_got_insn_size;
5870      plt_got_offset = abed->plt_got_offset;
5871      if (use_plt_bnd)
5872	{
5873	  /* Use the second PLT with BND relocations.  */
5874	  const bfd_byte *plt_entry, *plt2_entry;
5875
5876	  if (eh->has_bnd_reloc)
5877	    {
5878	      plt_entry = elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry;
5879	      plt2_entry = elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry;
5880	    }
5881	  else
5882	    {
5883	      plt_entry = elf_x86_64_legacy_plt_entry;
5884	      plt2_entry = elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry;
5885
5886	      /* Subtract 1 since there is no BND prefix.  */
5887	      plt_plt_insn_end -= 1;
5888	      plt_plt_offset -= 1;
5889	      plt_got_insn_size -= 1;
5890	      plt_got_offset -= 1;
5891	    }
5892
5893	  BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt_entry)
5894		      == sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt_entry));
5895
5896	  /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
5897	  memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset,
5898		  plt_entry, sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt_entry));
5899	  /* Fill in the entry in the second PLT.  */
5900	  memcpy (htab->plt_bnd->contents + eh->plt_bnd.offset,
5901		  plt2_entry, sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry));
5902
5903	  resolved_plt = htab->plt_bnd;
5904	  plt_offset = eh->plt_bnd.offset;
5905	}
5906      else
5907	{
5908	  /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
5909	  memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, abed->plt_entry,
5910		  abed->plt_entry_size);
5911
5912	  resolved_plt = plt;
5913	  plt_offset = h->plt.offset;
5914	}
5915
5916      /* Insert the relocation positions of the plt section.  */
5917
5918      /* Put offset the PC-relative instruction referring to the GOT entry,
5919	 subtracting the size of that instruction.  */
5920      plt_got_pcrel_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma
5921			      + gotplt->output_offset
5922			      + got_offset
5923			      - resolved_plt->output_section->vma
5924			      - resolved_plt->output_offset
5925			      - plt_offset
5926			      - plt_got_insn_size);
5927
5928      /* Check PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry.  */
5929      if ((plt_got_pcrel_offset + 0x80000000) > 0xffffffff)
5930	/* xgettext:c-format */
5931	info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%B: PC-relative offset overflow in PLT entry for `%s'\n"),
5932				output_bfd, h->root.root.string);
5933
5934      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_got_pcrel_offset,
5935		  resolved_plt->contents + plt_offset + plt_got_offset);
5936
5937      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table, initially this
5938	 points to the second part of the PLT entry.  Leave the entry
5939	 as zero for undefined weak symbol in PIE.  No PLT relocation
5940	 against undefined weak symbol in PIE.  */
5941      if (!local_undefweak)
5942	{
5943	  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
5944				   + plt->output_offset
5945				   + h->plt.offset
5946				   + abed->plt_lazy_offset),
5947		      gotplt->contents + got_offset);
5948
5949	  /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
5950	  rela.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma
5951			   + gotplt->output_offset
5952			   + got_offset);
5953	  if (h->dynindx == -1
5954	      || ((bfd_link_executable (info)
5955		   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5956		  && h->def_regular
5957		  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
5958	    {
5959	      /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate
5960		 R_X86_64_IRELATIVE instead of R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT.  */
5961	      rela.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_IRELATIVE);
5962	      rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
5963			       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
5964			       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
5965	      /* R_X86_64_IRELATIVE comes last.  */
5966	      plt_index = htab->next_irelative_index--;
5967	    }
5968	  else
5969	    {
5970	      rela.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT);
5971	      rela.r_addend = 0;
5972	      plt_index = htab->next_jump_slot_index++;
5973	    }
5974
5975	  /* Don't fill PLT entry for static executables.  */
5976	  if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
5977	    {
5978	      bfd_vma plt0_offset = h->plt.offset + plt_plt_insn_end;
5979
5980	      /* Put relocation index.  */
5981	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index,
5982			  (plt->contents + h->plt.offset
5983			   + abed->plt_reloc_offset));
5984
5985	      /* Put offset for jmp .PLT0 and check for overflow.  We don't
5986		 check relocation index for overflow since branch displacement
5987		 will overflow first.  */
5988	      if (plt0_offset > 0x80000000)
5989		/* xgettext:c-format */
5990		info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%B: branch displacement overflow in PLT entry for `%s'\n"),
5991					output_bfd, h->root.root.string);
5992	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - plt0_offset,
5993			  plt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_plt_offset);
5994	    }
5995
5996	  bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
5997	  loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * bed->s->sizeof_rela;
5998	  bed->s->swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
5999	}
6000    }
6001  else if (eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6002    {
6003      bfd_vma got_offset, plt_offset, plt_got_offset, plt_got_insn_size;
6004      asection *plt, *got;
6005      bfd_boolean got_after_plt;
6006      int32_t got_pcrel_offset;
6007      const bfd_byte *got_plt_entry;
6008
6009      /* Set the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table.  */
6010      plt = htab->plt_got;
6011      got = htab->elf.sgot;
6012      got_offset = h->got.offset;
6013
6014      if (got_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
6015	  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6016	  || plt == NULL
6017	  || got == NULL)
6018	abort ();
6019
6020      /* Use the second PLT entry template for the GOT PLT since they
6021	 are the identical.  */
6022      plt_got_insn_size = elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed.plt_got_insn_size;
6023      plt_got_offset = elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed.plt_got_offset;
6024      if (eh->has_bnd_reloc)
6025	got_plt_entry = elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry;
6026      else
6027	{
6028	  got_plt_entry = elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry;
6029
6030	  /* Subtract 1 since there is no BND prefix.  */
6031	  plt_got_insn_size -= 1;
6032	  plt_got_offset -= 1;
6033	}
6034
6035      /* Fill in the entry in the GOT procedure linkage table.  */
6036      plt_offset = eh->plt_got.offset;
6037      memcpy (plt->contents + plt_offset,
6038	      got_plt_entry, sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry));
6039
6040      /* Put offset the PC-relative instruction referring to the GOT
6041	 entry, subtracting the size of that instruction.  */
6042      got_pcrel_offset = (got->output_section->vma
6043			  + got->output_offset
6044			  + got_offset
6045			  - plt->output_section->vma
6046			  - plt->output_offset
6047			  - plt_offset
6048			  - plt_got_insn_size);
6049
6050      /* Check PC-relative offset overflow in GOT PLT entry.  */
6051      got_after_plt = got->output_section->vma > plt->output_section->vma;
6052      if ((got_after_plt && got_pcrel_offset < 0)
6053	  || (!got_after_plt && got_pcrel_offset > 0))
6054	/* xgettext:c-format */
6055	info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%B: PC-relative offset overflow in GOT PLT entry for `%s'\n"),
6056				output_bfd, h->root.root.string);
6057
6058      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_pcrel_offset,
6059		  plt->contents + plt_offset + plt_got_offset);
6060    }
6061
6062  if (!local_undefweak
6063      && !h->def_regular
6064      && (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6065	  || eh->plt_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1))
6066    {
6067      /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6068	 the .plt section.  Leave the value if there were any
6069	 relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue
6070	 for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer
6071	 comparisons work between an application and shared
6072	 library), otherwise set it to zero.  If a function is only
6073	 called from a binary, there is no need to slow down
6074	 shared libraries because of that.  */
6075      sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6076      if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
6077	sym->st_value = 0;
6078    }
6079
6080  /* Don't generate dynamic GOT relocation against undefined weak
6081     symbol in executable.  */
6082  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6083      && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type)
6084      && elf_x86_64_hash_entry (h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6085      && !local_undefweak)
6086    {
6087      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
6088      asection *relgot = htab->elf.srelgot;
6089
6090      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
6091	 up.  */
6092      if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
6093	abort ();
6094
6095      rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
6096		       + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
6097		       + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6098
6099      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6100	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6101	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6102	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6103	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
6104      if (h->def_regular
6105	  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
6106	{
6107	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
6108	    {
6109	      /* STT_GNU_IFUNC is referenced without PLT.  */
6110	      if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
6111		{
6112		  /* use .rel[a].iplt section to store .got relocations
6113		     in static executable.  */
6114		  relgot = htab->elf.irelplt;
6115		}
6116	      if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6117		{
6118		  rela.r_info = htab->r_info (0,
6119					      R_X86_64_IRELATIVE);
6120		  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6121				   + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6122				   + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6123		}
6124	      else
6125		goto do_glob_dat;
6126	    }
6127	  else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6128	    {
6129	      /* Generate R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT.  */
6130	      goto do_glob_dat;
6131	    }
6132	  else
6133	    {
6134	      asection *plt;
6135
6136	      if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
6137		abort ();
6138
6139	      /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
6140		 contains the real function addres if we need pointer
6141		 equality.  We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry.  */
6142	      plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
6143	      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
6144				       + plt->output_offset
6145				       + h->plt.offset),
6146			  htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6147	      return TRUE;
6148	    }
6149	}
6150      else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6151	       && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6152	{
6153	  if (!h->def_regular)
6154	    return FALSE;
6155	  BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0);
6156	  rela.r_info = htab->r_info (0, R_X86_64_RELATIVE);
6157	  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6158			   + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6159			   + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6160	}
6161      else
6162	{
6163	  BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0);
6164do_glob_dat:
6165	  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
6166		      htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6167	  rela.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT);
6168	  rela.r_addend = 0;
6169	}
6170
6171      elf_append_rela (output_bfd, relgot, &rela);
6172    }
6173
6174  if (h->needs_copy)
6175    {
6176      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
6177      asection *s;
6178
6179      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
6180
6181      if (h->dynindx == -1
6182	  || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
6183	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6184	  || htab->elf.srelbss == NULL
6185	  || htab->elf.sreldynrelro == NULL)
6186	abort ();
6187
6188      rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
6189		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6190		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6191      rela.r_info = htab->r_info (h->dynindx, R_X86_64_COPY);
6192      rela.r_addend = 0;
6193      if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
6194	s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
6195      else
6196	s = htab->elf.srelbss;
6197      elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &rela);
6198    }
6199
6200  return TRUE;
6201}
6202
6203/* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of
6204   various dynamic sections here.  */
6205
6206static bfd_boolean
6207elf_x86_64_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
6208{
6209  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
6210    = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
6211  struct bfd_link_info *info
6212    = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
6213
6214  return elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd,
6215					     info, h, NULL);
6216}
6217
6218/* Finish up undefined weak symbol handling in PIE.  Fill its PLT entry
6219   here since undefined weak symbol may not be dynamic and may not be
6220   called for elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
6221
6222static bfd_boolean
6223elf_x86_64_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh,
6224					void *inf)
6225{
6226  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6227  struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
6228
6229  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6230      || h->dynindx != -1)
6231    return TRUE;
6232
6233  return elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd,
6234					     info, h, NULL);
6235}
6236
6237/* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
6238   dynamic linker, before writing them out.  */
6239
6240static enum elf_reloc_type_class
6241elf_x86_64_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
6242			     const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6243			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
6244{
6245  bfd *abfd = info->output_bfd;
6246  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6247  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
6248
6249  if (htab->elf.dynsym != NULL
6250      && htab->elf.dynsym->contents != NULL)
6251    {
6252      /* Check relocation against STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol if there are
6253         dynamic symbols.  */
6254      unsigned long r_symndx = htab->r_sym (rela->r_info);
6255      if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
6256	{
6257	  Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6258	  if (!bed->s->swap_symbol_in (abfd,
6259				       (htab->elf.dynsym->contents
6260					+ r_symndx * bed->s->sizeof_sym),
6261				       0, &sym))
6262	    abort ();
6263
6264	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym.st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
6265	    return reloc_class_ifunc;
6266	}
6267    }
6268
6269  switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
6270    {
6271    case R_X86_64_IRELATIVE:
6272      return reloc_class_ifunc;
6273    case R_X86_64_RELATIVE:
6274    case R_X86_64_RELATIVE64:
6275      return reloc_class_relative;
6276    case R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT:
6277      return reloc_class_plt;
6278    case R_X86_64_COPY:
6279      return reloc_class_copy;
6280    default:
6281      return reloc_class_normal;
6282    }
6283}
6284
6285/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
6286
6287static bfd_boolean
6288elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
6289				    struct bfd_link_info *info)
6290{
6291  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab;
6292  bfd *dynobj;
6293  asection *sdyn;
6294  const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *abed;
6295
6296  htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
6297  if (htab == NULL)
6298    return FALSE;
6299
6300  /* Use MPX backend data in case of BND relocation.  Use .plt_bnd
6301     section only if there is .plt section.  */
6302  abed = (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->plt_bnd != NULL
6303	  ? &elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed
6304	  : get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (output_bfd));
6305
6306  dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
6307  sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
6308
6309  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
6310    {
6311      bfd_byte *dyncon, *dynconend;
6312      const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6313      bfd_size_type sizeof_dyn;
6314
6315      if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
6316	abort ();
6317
6318      bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj);
6319      sizeof_dyn = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
6320      dyncon = sdyn->contents;
6321      dynconend = sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
6322      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon += sizeof_dyn)
6323	{
6324	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6325	  asection *s;
6326
6327	  (*bed->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
6328
6329	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
6330	    {
6331	    default:
6332	      continue;
6333
6334	    case DT_PLTGOT:
6335	      s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
6336	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6337	      break;
6338
6339	    case DT_JMPREL:
6340	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->elf.srelplt->output_section->vma;
6341	      break;
6342
6343	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
6344	      s = htab->elf.srelplt->output_section;
6345	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
6346	      break;
6347
6348	    case DT_TLSDESC_PLT:
6349	      s = htab->elf.splt;
6350	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
6351		+ htab->tlsdesc_plt;
6352	      break;
6353
6354	    case DT_TLSDESC_GOT:
6355	      s = htab->elf.sgot;
6356	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
6357		+ htab->tlsdesc_got;
6358	      break;
6359	    }
6360
6361	  (*bed->s->swap_dyn_out) (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6362	}
6363
6364      /* Fill in the special first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6365      if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0)
6366	{
6367	  /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6368	  memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents,
6369		  abed->plt0_entry, abed->plt_entry_size);
6370	  /* Add offset for pushq GOT+8(%rip), since the instruction
6371	     uses 6 bytes subtract this value.  */
6372	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6373		      (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
6374		       + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
6375		       + 8
6376		       - htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
6377		       - htab->elf.splt->output_offset
6378		       - 6),
6379		      htab->elf.splt->contents + abed->plt0_got1_offset);
6380	  /* Add offset for the PC-relative instruction accessing GOT+16,
6381	     subtracting the offset to the end of that instruction.  */
6382	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6383		      (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
6384		       + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
6385		       + 16
6386		       - htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
6387		       - htab->elf.splt->output_offset
6388		       - abed->plt0_got2_insn_end),
6389		      htab->elf.splt->contents + abed->plt0_got2_offset);
6390
6391	  elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section)
6392	    ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = abed->plt_entry_size;
6393
6394	  if (htab->tlsdesc_plt)
6395	    {
6396	      bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
6397			  htab->elf.sgot->contents + htab->tlsdesc_got);
6398
6399	      memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents + htab->tlsdesc_plt,
6400		      abed->plt0_entry, abed->plt_entry_size);
6401
6402	      /* Add offset for pushq GOT+8(%rip), since the
6403		 instruction uses 6 bytes subtract this value.  */
6404	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6405			  (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
6406			   + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
6407			   + 8
6408			   - htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
6409			   - htab->elf.splt->output_offset
6410			   - htab->tlsdesc_plt
6411			   - 6),
6412			  htab->elf.splt->contents
6413			  + htab->tlsdesc_plt + abed->plt0_got1_offset);
6414	  /* Add offset for the PC-relative instruction accessing GOT+TDG,
6415	     where TGD stands for htab->tlsdesc_got, subtracting the offset
6416	     to the end of that instruction.  */
6417	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6418			  (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
6419			   + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
6420			   + htab->tlsdesc_got
6421			   - htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
6422			   - htab->elf.splt->output_offset
6423			   - htab->tlsdesc_plt
6424			   - abed->plt0_got2_insn_end),
6425			  htab->elf.splt->contents
6426			  + htab->tlsdesc_plt + abed->plt0_got2_offset);
6427	    }
6428	}
6429    }
6430
6431  if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL)
6432    elf_section_data (htab->plt_bnd->output_section)
6433      ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = sizeof (elf_x86_64_bnd_plt2_entry);
6434
6435  if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
6436    {
6437      if (bfd_is_abs_section (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section))
6438	{
6439	  _bfd_error_handler
6440	    (_("discarded output section: `%A'"), htab->elf.sgotplt);
6441	  return FALSE;
6442	}
6443
6444      /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
6445      if (htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0)
6446	{
6447	  /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of
6448	     the dynamic section.  */
6449	  if (sdyn == NULL)
6450	    bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
6451	  else
6452	    bfd_put_64 (output_bfd,
6453			sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
6454			htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
6455	  /* Write GOT[1] and GOT[2], needed for the dynamic linker.  */
6456	  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
6457	  bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE*2);
6458	}
6459
6460      elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
6461	GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
6462    }
6463
6464  /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt section.  */
6465  if (htab->plt_eh_frame != NULL
6466      && htab->plt_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
6467    {
6468      if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
6469	  && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
6470	  && (htab->elf.splt->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6471	  && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL
6472	  && htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section != NULL)
6473	{
6474	  bfd_vma plt_start = htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma;
6475	  bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_eh_frame->output_section->vma
6476				   + htab->plt_eh_frame->output_offset
6477				   + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET;
6478	  bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start,
6479			     htab->plt_eh_frame->contents
6480			     + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET);
6481	}
6482      if (htab->plt_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME)
6483	{
6484	  if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
6485						 htab->plt_eh_frame,
6486						 htab->plt_eh_frame->contents))
6487	    return FALSE;
6488	}
6489    }
6490
6491  /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt.got section.  */
6492  if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame != NULL
6493      && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
6494    {
6495      if (htab->plt_got != NULL
6496	  && htab->plt_got->size != 0
6497	  && (htab->plt_got->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6498	  && htab->plt_got->output_section != NULL
6499	  && htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_section != NULL)
6500	{
6501	  bfd_vma plt_start = htab->plt_got->output_section->vma;
6502	  bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_section->vma
6503				   + htab->plt_got_eh_frame->output_offset
6504				   + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET;
6505	  bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start,
6506			     htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents
6507			     + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET);
6508	}
6509      if (htab->plt_got_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME)
6510	{
6511	  if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
6512						 htab->plt_got_eh_frame,
6513						 htab->plt_got_eh_frame->contents))
6514	    return FALSE;
6515	}
6516    }
6517
6518  /* Adjust .eh_frame for .plt.bnd section.  */
6519  if (htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame != NULL
6520      && htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
6521    {
6522      if (htab->plt_bnd != NULL
6523	  && htab->plt_bnd->size != 0
6524	  && (htab->plt_bnd->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6525	  && htab->plt_bnd->output_section != NULL
6526	  && htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->output_section != NULL)
6527	{
6528	  bfd_vma plt_start = htab->plt_bnd->output_section->vma;
6529	  bfd_vma eh_frame_start = htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->output_section->vma
6530				   + htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->output_offset
6531				   + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET;
6532	  bfd_put_signed_32 (dynobj, plt_start - eh_frame_start,
6533			     htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->contents
6534			     + PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET);
6535	}
6536      if (htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME)
6537	{
6538	  if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
6539						 htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame,
6540						 htab->plt_bnd_eh_frame->contents))
6541	    return FALSE;
6542	}
6543    }
6544
6545  if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0)
6546    elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
6547      = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
6548
6549  /* Fill PLT entries for undefined weak symbols in PIE.  */
6550  if (bfd_link_pie (info))
6551    bfd_hash_traverse (&info->hash->table,
6552		       elf_x86_64_pie_finish_undefweak_symbol,
6553		       info);
6554
6555  return TRUE;
6556}
6557
6558/* Fill PLT/GOT entries and allocate dynamic relocations for local
6559   STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols, which aren't in the ELF linker hash table.
6560   It has to be done before elf_link_sort_relocs is called so that
6561   dynamic relocations are properly sorted.  */
6562
6563static bfd_boolean
6564elf_x86_64_output_arch_local_syms
6565  (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6566   struct bfd_link_info *info,
6567   void *flaginfo ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6568   int (*func) (void *, const char *,
6569		Elf_Internal_Sym *,
6570		asection *,
6571		struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6572{
6573  struct elf_x86_64_link_hash_table *htab = elf_x86_64_hash_table (info);
6574  if (htab == NULL)
6575    return FALSE;
6576
6577  /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
6578  htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
6579		 elf_x86_64_finish_local_dynamic_symbol,
6580		 info);
6581
6582  return TRUE;
6583}
6584
6585/* Return an array of PLT entry symbol values.  */
6586
6587static bfd_vma *
6588elf_x86_64_get_plt_sym_val (bfd *abfd, asymbol **dynsyms, asection *plt,
6589			    asection *relplt)
6590{
6591  bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6592  arelent *p;
6593  long count, i;
6594  bfd_vma *plt_sym_val;
6595  bfd_vma plt_offset;
6596  bfd_byte *plt_contents;
6597  const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data *bed;
6598  Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6599  asection *plt_bnd;
6600
6601  /* Get the .plt section contents.  PLT passed down may point to the
6602     .plt.bnd section.  Make sure that PLT always points to the .plt
6603     section.  */
6604  plt_bnd = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt.bnd");
6605  if (plt_bnd)
6606    {
6607      if (plt != plt_bnd)
6608	abort ();
6609      plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
6610      if (plt == NULL)
6611	abort ();
6612      bed = &elf_x86_64_bnd_arch_bed;
6613    }
6614  else
6615    bed = get_elf_x86_64_backend_data (abfd);
6616
6617  plt_contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (plt->size);
6618  if (plt_contents == NULL)
6619    return NULL;
6620  if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt,
6621				 plt_contents, 0, plt->size))
6622    {
6623bad_return:
6624      free (plt_contents);
6625      return NULL;
6626    }
6627
6628  slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6629  if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
6630    goto bad_return;
6631
6632  hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
6633  count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
6634
6635  plt_sym_val = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (sizeof (bfd_vma) * count);
6636  if (plt_sym_val == NULL)
6637    goto bad_return;
6638
6639  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6640    plt_sym_val[i] = -1;
6641
6642  plt_offset = bed->plt_entry_size;
6643  p = relplt->relocation;
6644  for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
6645    {
6646      long reloc_index;
6647
6648      /* Skip unknown relocation.  */
6649      if (p->howto == NULL)
6650	continue;
6651
6652      if (p->howto->type != R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT
6653	  && p->howto->type != R_X86_64_IRELATIVE)
6654	continue;
6655
6656      reloc_index = H_GET_32 (abfd, (plt_contents + plt_offset
6657				     + bed->plt_reloc_offset));
6658      if (reloc_index < count)
6659	{
6660	  if (plt_bnd)
6661	    {
6662	      /* This is the index in .plt section.  */
6663	      long plt_index = plt_offset / bed->plt_entry_size;
6664	      /* Store VMA + the offset in .plt.bnd section.  */
6665	      plt_sym_val[reloc_index] =
6666		(plt_bnd->vma
6667		 + (plt_index - 1) * sizeof (elf_x86_64_legacy_plt2_entry));
6668	    }
6669	  else
6670	    plt_sym_val[reloc_index] = plt->vma + plt_offset;
6671	}
6672      plt_offset += bed->plt_entry_size;
6673
6674      /* PR binutils/18437: Skip extra relocations in the .rela.plt
6675	 section.  */
6676      if (plt_offset >= plt->size)
6677	break;
6678    }
6679
6680  free (plt_contents);
6681
6682  return plt_sym_val;
6683}
6684
6685/* Similar to _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab, with .plt.bnd section
6686   support.  */
6687
6688static long
6689elf_x86_64_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6690				 long symcount,
6691				 asymbol **syms,
6692				 long dynsymcount,
6693				 asymbol **dynsyms,
6694				 asymbol **ret)
6695{
6696  /* Pass the .plt.bnd section to _bfd_elf_ifunc_get_synthetic_symtab
6697     as PLT if it exists.  */
6698  asection *plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt.bnd");
6699  if (plt == NULL)
6700    plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
6701  return _bfd_elf_ifunc_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
6702					      dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret,
6703					      plt,
6704					      elf_x86_64_get_plt_sym_val);
6705}
6706
6707/* Handle an x86-64 specific section when reading an object file.  This
6708   is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.  */
6709
6710static bfd_boolean
6711elf_x86_64_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6712			      const char *name, int shindex)
6713{
6714  if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_X86_64_UNWIND)
6715    return FALSE;
6716
6717  if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6718    return FALSE;
6719
6720  return TRUE;
6721}
6722
6723/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6724   file.  We use it to put SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON items in .lbss, instead
6725   of .bss.  */
6726
6727static bfd_boolean
6728elf_x86_64_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
6729			    struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6730			    Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
6731			    const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6732			    flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6733			    asection **secp,
6734			    bfd_vma *valp)
6735{
6736  asection *lcomm;
6737
6738  switch (sym->st_shndx)
6739    {
6740    case SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON:
6741      lcomm = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, "LARGE_COMMON");
6742      if (lcomm == NULL)
6743	{
6744	  lcomm = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
6745					       "LARGE_COMMON",
6746					       (SEC_ALLOC
6747						| SEC_IS_COMMON
6748						| SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
6749	  if (lcomm == NULL)
6750	    return FALSE;
6751	  elf_section_flags (lcomm) |= SHF_X86_64_LARGE;
6752	}
6753      *secp = lcomm;
6754      *valp = sym->st_size;
6755      return TRUE;
6756    }
6757
6758  return TRUE;
6759}
6760
6761
6762/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6763   index.  */
6764
6765static bfd_boolean
6766elf_x86_64_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6767					 asection *sec, int *index_return)
6768{
6769  if (sec == &_bfd_elf_large_com_section)
6770    {
6771      *index_return = SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON;
6772      return TRUE;
6773    }
6774  return FALSE;
6775}
6776
6777/* Process a symbol.  */
6778
6779static void
6780elf_x86_64_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6781			      asymbol *asym)
6782{
6783  elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6784
6785  switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6786    {
6787    case SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON:
6788      asym->section = &_bfd_elf_large_com_section;
6789      asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6790      /* Common symbol doesn't set BSF_GLOBAL.  */
6791      asym->flags &= ~BSF_GLOBAL;
6792      break;
6793    }
6794}
6795
6796static bfd_boolean
6797elf_x86_64_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6798{
6799  return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
6800	  || sym->st_shndx == SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON);
6801}
6802
6803static unsigned int
6804elf_x86_64_common_section_index (asection *sec)
6805{
6806  if ((elf_section_flags (sec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) == 0)
6807    return SHN_COMMON;
6808  else
6809    return SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON;
6810}
6811
6812static asection *
6813elf_x86_64_common_section (asection *sec)
6814{
6815  if ((elf_section_flags (sec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) == 0)
6816    return bfd_com_section_ptr;
6817  else
6818    return &_bfd_elf_large_com_section;
6819}
6820
6821static bfd_boolean
6822elf_x86_64_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6823			 const Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
6824			 asection **psec,
6825			 bfd_boolean newdef,
6826			 bfd_boolean olddef,
6827			 bfd *oldbfd,
6828			 const asection *oldsec)
6829{
6830  /* A normal common symbol and a large common symbol result in a
6831     normal common symbol.  We turn the large common symbol into a
6832     normal one.  */
6833  if (!olddef
6834      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common
6835      && !newdef
6836      && bfd_is_com_section (*psec)
6837      && oldsec != *psec)
6838    {
6839      if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
6840	  && (elf_section_flags (oldsec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) != 0)
6841	{
6842	  h->root.u.c.p->section
6843	    = bfd_make_section_old_way (oldbfd, "COMMON");
6844	  h->root.u.c.p->section->flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6845	}
6846      else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_X86_64_LCOMMON
6847	       && (elf_section_flags (oldsec) & SHF_X86_64_LARGE) == 0)
6848	*psec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
6849    }
6850
6851  return TRUE;
6852}
6853
6854static int
6855elf_x86_64_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
6856				       struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6857{
6858  asection *s;
6859  int count = 0;
6860
6861  /* Check to see if we need a large readonly segment.  */
6862  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".lrodata");
6863  if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
6864    count++;
6865
6866  /* Check to see if we need a large data segment.  Since .lbss sections
6867     is placed right after the .bss section, there should be no need for
6868     a large data segment just because of .lbss.  */
6869  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".ldata");
6870  if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
6871    count++;
6872
6873  return count;
6874}
6875
6876/* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  */
6877
6878static bfd_boolean
6879elf_x86_64_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6880{
6881  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6882      && !h->def_regular
6883      && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
6884    return FALSE;
6885
6886  return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6887}
6888
6889/* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT. */
6890
6891static bfd_boolean
6892elf_x86_64_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target *input,
6893			      const bfd_target *output)
6894{
6895  return ((xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input)->s->elfclass
6896	   == xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output)->s->elfclass)
6897	  && _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (input, output));
6898}
6899
6900static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
6901  elf_x86_64_special_sections[]=
6902{
6903  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.lb"), -2, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_X86_64_LARGE},
6904  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.lr"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_X86_64_LARGE},
6905  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.lt"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR + SHF_X86_64_LARGE},
6906  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lbss"),	           -2, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_X86_64_LARGE},
6907  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ldata"),	   -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_X86_64_LARGE},
6908  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lrodata"),	   -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_X86_64_LARGE},
6909  { NULL,	                0,          0, 0,            0 }
6910};
6911
6912#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    x86_64_elf64_vec
6913#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf64-x86-64"
6914#define ELF_ARCH			    bfd_arch_i386
6915#define ELF_TARGET_ID			    X86_64_ELF_DATA
6916#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		    EM_X86_64
6917#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			    0x200000
6918#define ELF_MINPAGESIZE			    0x1000
6919#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		    0x1000
6920
6921#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	    1
6922#define elf_backend_can_refcount	    1
6923#define elf_backend_want_got_plt	    1
6924#define elf_backend_plt_readonly	    1
6925#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	    0
6926#define elf_backend_got_header_size	    (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE*3)
6927#define elf_backend_rela_normal		    1
6928#define elf_backend_plt_alignment           4
6929#define elf_backend_extern_protected_data   1
6930#define elf_backend_caches_rawsize	    1
6931#define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	    1
6932#define elf_backend_want_dynrelro	    1
6933
6934#define elf_info_to_howto		    elf_x86_64_info_to_howto
6935
6936#define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
6937  elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_create
6938#define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	    elf_x86_64_reloc_type_lookup
6939#define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
6940  elf_x86_64_reloc_name_lookup
6941
6942#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol   elf_x86_64_adjust_dynamic_symbol
6943#define elf_backend_relocs_compatible	    elf_x86_64_relocs_compatible
6944#define elf_backend_check_relocs	    elf_x86_64_check_relocs
6945#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol    elf_x86_64_copy_indirect_symbol
6946#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf_x86_64_create_dynamic_sections
6947#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_sections
6948#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol   elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol
6949#define elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms  elf_x86_64_output_arch_local_syms
6950#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	    elf_x86_64_gc_mark_hook
6951#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus	    elf_x86_64_grok_prstatus
6952#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo		    elf_x86_64_grok_psinfo
6953#ifdef CORE_HEADER
6954#define elf_backend_write_core_note	    elf_x86_64_write_core_note
6955#endif
6956#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	    elf_x86_64_reloc_type_class
6957#define elf_backend_relocate_section	    elf_x86_64_relocate_section
6958#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections   elf_x86_64_size_dynamic_sections
6959#define elf_backend_always_size_sections    elf_x86_64_always_size_sections
6960#define elf_backend_init_index_section	    _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
6961#define elf_backend_object_p		    elf64_x86_64_elf_object_p
6962#define bfd_elf64_mkobject		    elf_x86_64_mkobject
6963#define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab	    elf_x86_64_get_synthetic_symtab
6964
6965#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr \
6966	elf_x86_64_section_from_shdr
6967
6968#define elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section \
6969  elf_x86_64_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6970#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
6971  elf_x86_64_add_symbol_hook
6972#define elf_backend_symbol_processing \
6973  elf_x86_64_symbol_processing
6974#define elf_backend_common_section_index \
6975  elf_x86_64_common_section_index
6976#define elf_backend_common_section \
6977  elf_x86_64_common_section
6978#define elf_backend_common_definition \
6979  elf_x86_64_common_definition
6980#define elf_backend_merge_symbol \
6981  elf_x86_64_merge_symbol
6982#define elf_backend_special_sections \
6983  elf_x86_64_special_sections
6984#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers \
6985  elf_x86_64_additional_program_headers
6986#define elf_backend_hash_symbol \
6987  elf_x86_64_hash_symbol
6988#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
6989  ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true)
6990#define elf_backend_fixup_symbol \
6991  elf_x86_64_fixup_symbol
6992
6993#include "elf64-target.h"
6994
6995/* CloudABI support.  */
6996
6997#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6998#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    x86_64_elf64_cloudabi_vec
6999#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7000#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf64-x86-64-cloudabi"
7001
7002#undef	ELF_OSABI
7003#define	ELF_OSABI			    ELFOSABI_CLOUDABI
7004
7005#undef  elf64_bed
7006#define elf64_bed elf64_x86_64_cloudabi_bed
7007
7008#include "elf64-target.h"
7009
7010/* FreeBSD support.  */
7011
7012#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7013#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    x86_64_elf64_fbsd_vec
7014#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7015#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf64-x86-64-freebsd"
7016
7017#undef	ELF_OSABI
7018#define	ELF_OSABI			    ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
7019
7020#undef  elf64_bed
7021#define elf64_bed elf64_x86_64_fbsd_bed
7022
7023#include "elf64-target.h"
7024
7025/* Solaris 2 support.  */
7026
7027#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7028#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    x86_64_elf64_sol2_vec
7029#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7030#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf64-x86-64-sol2"
7031
7032/* Restore default: we cannot use ELFOSABI_SOLARIS, otherwise ELFOSABI_NONE
7033   objects won't be recognized.  */
7034#undef ELF_OSABI
7035
7036#undef  elf64_bed
7037#define elf64_bed			    elf64_x86_64_sol2_bed
7038
7039/* The 64-bit static TLS arena size is rounded to the nearest 16-byte
7040   boundary.  */
7041#undef  elf_backend_static_tls_alignment
7042#define elf_backend_static_tls_alignment    16
7043
7044/* The Solaris 2 ABI requires a plt symbol on all platforms.
7045
7046   Cf. Linker and Libraries Guide, Ch. 2, Link-Editor, Generating the Output
7047   File, p.63.  */
7048#undef  elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7049#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	    1
7050
7051#undef  elf_backend_strtab_flags
7052#define elf_backend_strtab_flags	SHF_STRINGS
7053
7054static bfd_boolean
7055elf64_x86_64_copy_solaris_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7056						  bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7057						  const Elf_Internal_Shdr *isection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7058						  Elf_Internal_Shdr *osection ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7059{
7060  /* PR 19938: FIXME: Need to add code for setting the sh_info
7061     and sh_link fields of Solaris specific section types.  */
7062  return FALSE;
7063}
7064
7065#undef  elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
7066#define elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields elf64_x86_64_copy_solaris_special_section_fields
7067
7068#include "elf64-target.h"
7069
7070/* Native Client support.  */
7071
7072static bfd_boolean
7073elf64_x86_64_nacl_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
7074{
7075  /* Set the right machine number for a NaCl x86-64 ELF64 file.  */
7076  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_x86_64_nacl);
7077  return TRUE;
7078}
7079
7080#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7081#define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		x86_64_elf64_nacl_vec
7082#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7083#define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf64-x86-64-nacl"
7084#undef	elf64_bed
7085#define	elf64_bed			elf64_x86_64_nacl_bed
7086
7087#undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7088#undef	ELF_MINPAGESIZE
7089#undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7090#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x10000
7091#define ELF_MINPAGESIZE			0x10000
7092#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x10000
7093
7094/* Restore defaults.  */
7095#undef	ELF_OSABI
7096#undef	elf_backend_static_tls_alignment
7097#undef	elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7098#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
7099#undef  elf_backend_strtab_flags
7100#undef  elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
7101
7102/* NaCl uses substantially different PLT entries for the same effects.  */
7103
7104#undef	elf_backend_plt_alignment
7105#define elf_backend_plt_alignment	5
7106#define NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE		64
7107#define	NACLMASK			0xe0 /* 32-byte alignment mask.  */
7108
7109static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_nacl_plt0_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
7110  {
7111    0xff, 0x35, 8, 0, 0, 0,             /* pushq GOT+8(%rip) 		*/
7112    0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, 16, 0, 0, 0,	/* mov GOT+16(%rip), %r11	*/
7113    0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK,         /* and $-32, %r11d		*/
7114    0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb,             	/* add %r15, %r11		*/
7115    0x41, 0xff, 0xe3,             	/* jmpq *%r11			*/
7116
7117    /* 9-byte nop sequence to pad out to the next 32-byte boundary.  */
7118    0x66, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw 0x0(%rax,%rax,1)	*/
7119
7120    /* 32 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size.  */
7121    0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,    /* excess data16 prefixes	*/
7122    0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)	*/
7123    0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,    /* excess data16 prefixes	*/
7124    0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)	*/
7125    0x66,                                  /* excess data16 prefix	*/
7126    0x90                                   /* nop */
7127  };
7128
7129static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_nacl_plt_entry[NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
7130  {
7131    0x4c, 0x8b, 0x1d, 0, 0, 0, 0,	/* mov name@GOTPCREL(%rip),%r11	*/
7132    0x41, 0x83, 0xe3, NACLMASK,         /* and $-32, %r11d		*/
7133    0x4d, 0x01, 0xfb,             	/* add %r15, %r11		*/
7134    0x41, 0xff, 0xe3,             	/* jmpq *%r11			*/
7135
7136    /* 15-byte nop sequence to pad out to the next 32-byte boundary.  */
7137    0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,    /* excess data16 prefixes	*/
7138    0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)	*/
7139
7140    /* Lazy GOT entries point here (32-byte aligned).  */
7141    0x68,                 /* pushq immediate */
7142    0, 0, 0, 0,           /* replaced with index into relocation table.  */
7143    0xe9,                 /* jmp relative */
7144    0, 0, 0, 0,           /* replaced with offset to start of .plt0.  */
7145
7146    /* 22 bytes of nop to pad out to the standard size.  */
7147    0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,    /* excess data16 prefixes	*/
7148    0x2e, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x84, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1)	*/
7149    0x0f, 0x1f, 0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0,          /* nopl 0x0(%rax)		*/
7150  };
7151
7152/* .eh_frame covering the .plt section.  */
7153
7154static const bfd_byte elf_x86_64_nacl_eh_frame_plt[] =
7155  {
7156#if (PLT_CIE_LENGTH != 20                               \
7157     || PLT_FDE_LENGTH != 36                            \
7158     || PLT_FDE_START_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8  \
7159     || PLT_FDE_LEN_OFFSET != 4 + PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 12)
7160# error "Need elf_x86_64_backend_data parameters for eh_frame_plt offsets!"
7161#endif
7162    PLT_CIE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0,	/* CIE length */
7163    0, 0, 0, 0,			/* CIE ID */
7164    1,				/* CIE version */
7165    'z', 'R', 0,                /* Augmentation string */
7166    1,				/* Code alignment factor */
7167    0x78,                       /* Data alignment factor */
7168    16,				/* Return address column */
7169    1,				/* Augmentation size */
7170    DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding */
7171    DW_CFA_def_cfa, 7, 8,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa: r7 (rsp) ofs 8 */
7172    DW_CFA_offset + 16, 1,	/* DW_CFA_offset: r16 (rip) at cfa-8 */
7173    DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop,
7174
7175    PLT_FDE_LENGTH, 0, 0, 0,	/* FDE length */
7176    PLT_CIE_LENGTH + 8, 0, 0, 0,/* CIE pointer */
7177    0, 0, 0, 0,			/* R_X86_64_PC32 .plt goes here */
7178    0, 0, 0, 0,			/* .plt size goes here */
7179    0,				/* Augmentation size */
7180    DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 16,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 16 */
7181    DW_CFA_advance_loc + 6,	/* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 6 to __PLT__+6 */
7182    DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset, 24,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: 24 */
7183    DW_CFA_advance_loc + 58,	/* DW_CFA_advance_loc: 58 to __PLT__+64 */
7184    DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression,	/* DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression */
7185    13,				/* Block length */
7186    DW_OP_breg7, 8,		/* DW_OP_breg7 (rsp): 8 */
7187    DW_OP_breg16, 0,		/* DW_OP_breg16 (rip): 0 */
7188    DW_OP_const1u, 63, DW_OP_and, DW_OP_const1u, 37, DW_OP_ge,
7189    DW_OP_lit3, DW_OP_shl, DW_OP_plus,
7190    DW_CFA_nop, DW_CFA_nop
7191  };
7192
7193static const struct elf_x86_64_backend_data elf_x86_64_nacl_arch_bed =
7194  {
7195    elf_x86_64_nacl_plt0_entry,              /* plt0_entry */
7196    elf_x86_64_nacl_plt_entry,               /* plt_entry */
7197    NACL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,                     /* plt_entry_size */
7198    2,                                       /* plt0_got1_offset */
7199    9,                                       /* plt0_got2_offset */
7200    13,                                      /* plt0_got2_insn_end */
7201    3,                                       /* plt_got_offset */
7202    33,                                      /* plt_reloc_offset */
7203    38,                                      /* plt_plt_offset */
7204    7,                                       /* plt_got_insn_size */
7205    42,                                      /* plt_plt_insn_end */
7206    32,                                      /* plt_lazy_offset */
7207    elf_x86_64_nacl_eh_frame_plt,            /* eh_frame_plt */
7208    sizeof (elf_x86_64_nacl_eh_frame_plt),   /* eh_frame_plt_size */
7209    NULL,                                    /* eh_frame_plt_got */
7210    0,                                       /* eh_frame_plt_got_size */
7211  };
7212
7213#undef	elf_backend_arch_data
7214#define	elf_backend_arch_data	&elf_x86_64_nacl_arch_bed
7215
7216#undef	elf_backend_object_p
7217#define elf_backend_object_p			elf64_x86_64_nacl_elf_object_p
7218#undef	elf_backend_modify_segment_map
7219#define	elf_backend_modify_segment_map		nacl_modify_segment_map
7220#undef	elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7221#define	elf_backend_modify_program_headers	nacl_modify_program_headers
7222#undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing
7223#define elf_backend_final_write_processing	nacl_final_write_processing
7224
7225#include "elf64-target.h"
7226
7227/* Native Client x32 support.  */
7228
7229static bfd_boolean
7230elf32_x86_64_nacl_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
7231{
7232  /* Set the right machine number for a NaCl x86-64 ELF32 file.  */
7233  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_i386, bfd_mach_x64_32_nacl);
7234  return TRUE;
7235}
7236
7237#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7238#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		x86_64_elf32_nacl_vec
7239#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7240#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-x86-64-nacl"
7241#undef	elf32_bed
7242#define	elf32_bed			elf32_x86_64_nacl_bed
7243
7244#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7245  elf_x86_64_link_hash_table_create
7246#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	\
7247  elf_x86_64_reloc_type_lookup
7248#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7249  elf_x86_64_reloc_name_lookup
7250#define bfd_elf32_mkobject \
7251  elf_x86_64_mkobject
7252#define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab \
7253  elf_x86_64_get_synthetic_symtab
7254
7255#undef elf_backend_object_p
7256#define elf_backend_object_p \
7257  elf32_x86_64_nacl_elf_object_p
7258
7259#undef elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
7260#define elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory \
7261  _bfd_elf32_bfd_from_remote_memory
7262
7263#undef elf_backend_size_info
7264#define elf_backend_size_info \
7265  _bfd_elf32_size_info
7266
7267#include "elf32-target.h"
7268
7269/* Restore defaults.  */
7270#undef	elf_backend_object_p
7271#define elf_backend_object_p		    elf64_x86_64_elf_object_p
7272#undef	elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
7273#undef	elf_backend_size_info
7274#undef	elf_backend_modify_segment_map
7275#undef	elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7276#undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing
7277
7278/* Intel L1OM support.  */
7279
7280static bfd_boolean
7281elf64_l1om_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
7282{
7283  /* Set the right machine number for an L1OM elf64 file.  */
7284  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_l1om, bfd_mach_l1om);
7285  return TRUE;
7286}
7287
7288#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7289#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    l1om_elf64_vec
7290#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7291#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf64-l1om"
7292#undef ELF_ARCH
7293#define ELF_ARCH			    bfd_arch_l1om
7294
7295#undef	ELF_MACHINE_CODE
7296#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		    EM_L1OM
7297
7298#undef	ELF_OSABI
7299
7300#undef  elf64_bed
7301#define elf64_bed elf64_l1om_bed
7302
7303#undef elf_backend_object_p
7304#define elf_backend_object_p		    elf64_l1om_elf_object_p
7305
7306/* Restore defaults.  */
7307#undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7308#undef	ELF_MINPAGESIZE
7309#undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7310#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x200000
7311#define ELF_MINPAGESIZE			0x1000
7312#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x1000
7313#undef	elf_backend_plt_alignment
7314#define elf_backend_plt_alignment	4
7315#undef	elf_backend_arch_data
7316#define	elf_backend_arch_data	&elf_x86_64_arch_bed
7317
7318#include "elf64-target.h"
7319
7320/* FreeBSD L1OM support.  */
7321
7322#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7323#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    l1om_elf64_fbsd_vec
7324#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7325#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf64-l1om-freebsd"
7326
7327#undef	ELF_OSABI
7328#define	ELF_OSABI			    ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
7329
7330#undef  elf64_bed
7331#define elf64_bed elf64_l1om_fbsd_bed
7332
7333#include "elf64-target.h"
7334
7335/* Intel K1OM support.  */
7336
7337static bfd_boolean
7338elf64_k1om_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
7339{
7340  /* Set the right machine number for an K1OM elf64 file.  */
7341  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_k1om, bfd_mach_k1om);
7342  return TRUE;
7343}
7344
7345#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7346#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    k1om_elf64_vec
7347#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7348#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf64-k1om"
7349#undef ELF_ARCH
7350#define ELF_ARCH			    bfd_arch_k1om
7351
7352#undef	ELF_MACHINE_CODE
7353#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		    EM_K1OM
7354
7355#undef	ELF_OSABI
7356
7357#undef  elf64_bed
7358#define elf64_bed elf64_k1om_bed
7359
7360#undef elf_backend_object_p
7361#define elf_backend_object_p		    elf64_k1om_elf_object_p
7362
7363#undef  elf_backend_static_tls_alignment
7364
7365#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7366#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	    0
7367
7368#include "elf64-target.h"
7369
7370/* FreeBSD K1OM support.  */
7371
7372#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7373#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    k1om_elf64_fbsd_vec
7374#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7375#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf64-k1om-freebsd"
7376
7377#undef	ELF_OSABI
7378#define	ELF_OSABI			    ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
7379
7380#undef  elf64_bed
7381#define elf64_bed elf64_k1om_fbsd_bed
7382
7383#include "elf64-target.h"
7384
7385/* 32bit x86-64 support.  */
7386
7387#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7388#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		    x86_64_elf32_vec
7389#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7390#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		    "elf32-x86-64"
7391#undef	elf32_bed
7392
7393#undef ELF_ARCH
7394#define ELF_ARCH			    bfd_arch_i386
7395
7396#undef	ELF_MACHINE_CODE
7397#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		    EM_X86_64
7398
7399#undef	ELF_OSABI
7400
7401#undef elf_backend_object_p
7402#define elf_backend_object_p \
7403  elf32_x86_64_elf_object_p
7404
7405#undef elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
7406#define elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory \
7407  _bfd_elf32_bfd_from_remote_memory
7408
7409#undef elf_backend_size_info
7410#define elf_backend_size_info \
7411  _bfd_elf32_size_info
7412
7413#include "elf32-target.h"
7414